add ch32v307 risc-v support,IDE is MounRiver Studio
This commit is contained in:
5054
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x.h
Normal file
5054
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
226
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_adc.h
Normal file
226
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_adc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_adc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* ADC firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_ADC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_ADC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_Mode; /* Configures the ADC to operate in independent or
|
||||
dual mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /* Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
|
||||
Scan (multichannels) or Single (one channel) mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /* Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
|
||||
Continuous or Single mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /* Defines the external trigger used to start the analog
|
||||
to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter
|
||||
can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /* Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t ADC_NbrOfChannel; /* Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted
|
||||
using the sequencer for regular channel group.
|
||||
This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_OutputBuffer; /* Specifies whether the ADC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_OutputBuffer */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_Pga; /* Specifies the PGA gain multiple.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Pga */
|
||||
}ADC_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_mode */
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_RegInjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_FastInterl ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_SlowInterl ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00050000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_FastInterl ((uint32_t)0x00070000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_SlowInterl ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Mode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00090000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11_TIM8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None ((uint32_t)0x000E0000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_data_align */
|
||||
#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_channels */
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16)
|
||||
#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17)
|
||||
|
||||
/*ADC_output_buffer*/
|
||||
#define ADC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/*ADC_pga*/
|
||||
#define ADC_Pga_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Pga_4 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Pga_16 ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_Pga_64 ((uint32_t)0x18000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_sampling_time */
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
#define ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x07)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion */
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00005000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00006000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None ((uint32_t)0x00007000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00005000)
|
||||
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00006000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_injected_channel_selection */
|
||||
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
|
||||
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
|
||||
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
|
||||
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_analog_watchdog_selection */
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
|
||||
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0220)
|
||||
#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0140)
|
||||
#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0480)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_flags_definition */
|
||||
#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
|
||||
void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
|
||||
void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number);
|
||||
void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
|
||||
void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void);
|
||||
void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv);
|
||||
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
|
||||
void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length);
|
||||
void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset);
|
||||
uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel);
|
||||
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
|
||||
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold);
|
||||
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel);
|
||||
void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
|
||||
void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
|
||||
void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
|
||||
s32 TempSensor_Volt_To_Temper(s32 Value);
|
||||
void ADC_BufferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
int16_t Get_CalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_bkp.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* BKP firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_BKP_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_BKP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tamper_Pin_active_level */
|
||||
#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC_output_source_to_output_on_the_Tamper_pin */
|
||||
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second ((uint16_t)0x0300)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data_Backup_Register */
|
||||
#define BKP_DR1 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR2 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR3 ((uint16_t)0x000C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR5 ((uint16_t)0x0014)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR6 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR7 ((uint16_t)0x001C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR8 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR9 ((uint16_t)0x0024)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR10 ((uint16_t)0x0028)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR11 ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR12 ((uint16_t)0x0044)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR13 ((uint16_t)0x0048)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR14 ((uint16_t)0x004C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR15 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR16 ((uint16_t)0x0054)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR17 ((uint16_t)0x0058)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR18 ((uint16_t)0x005C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR19 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR20 ((uint16_t)0x0064)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR21 ((uint16_t)0x0068)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR22 ((uint16_t)0x006C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR23 ((uint16_t)0x0070)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR24 ((uint16_t)0x0074)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR25 ((uint16_t)0x0078)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR26 ((uint16_t)0x007C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR27 ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR28 ((uint16_t)0x0084)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR29 ((uint16_t)0x0088)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR30 ((uint16_t)0x008C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR31 ((uint16_t)0x0090)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR32 ((uint16_t)0x0094)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR33 ((uint16_t)0x0098)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR34 ((uint16_t)0x009C)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR35 ((uint16_t)0x00A0)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR36 ((uint16_t)0x00A4)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR37 ((uint16_t)0x00A8)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR38 ((uint16_t)0x00AC)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR39 ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR40 ((uint16_t)0x00B4)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR41 ((uint16_t)0x00B8)
|
||||
#define BKP_DR42 ((uint16_t)0x00BC)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BKP_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel);
|
||||
void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource);
|
||||
void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue);
|
||||
void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR);
|
||||
FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void);
|
||||
void BKP_ClearFlag(void);
|
||||
ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void);
|
||||
void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
364
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_can.h
Normal file
364
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_can.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_can.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* CAN firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_CAN_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_CAN_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /* Specifies the length of a time quantum.
|
||||
It ranges from 1 to 1024. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_Mode; /* Specifies the CAN operating mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_operating_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_SJW; /* Specifies the maximum number of time quanta
|
||||
the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or
|
||||
shorten a bit to perform resynchronization.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_BS1; /* Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit
|
||||
Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_BS2; /* Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit
|
||||
Segment 2.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /* Enable or disable the time triggered
|
||||
communication mode. This parameter can be set
|
||||
either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /* Enable or disable the automatic bus-off
|
||||
management. This parameter can be set either
|
||||
to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /* Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or
|
||||
DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_NART; /* Enable or disable the no-automatic
|
||||
retransmission mode. This parameter can be
|
||||
set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /* Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE
|
||||
or DISABLE. */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /* Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority.
|
||||
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE
|
||||
or DISABLE. */
|
||||
} CAN_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN filter init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /* Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit
|
||||
configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /* Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit
|
||||
configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /* Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
|
||||
according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
|
||||
first one for a 16-bit configuration).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /* Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
|
||||
according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
|
||||
second one for a 16-bit configuration).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /* Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /* Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /* Specifies the filter mode to be initialized.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /* Specifies the filter scale.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /* Enable or disable the filter.
|
||||
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
|
||||
} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN Tx message structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t StdId; /* Specifies the standard identifier.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ExtId; /* Specifies the extended identifier.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t IDE; /* Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
|
||||
will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value
|
||||
of @ref CAN_identifier_type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t RTR; /* Specifies the type of frame for the message that will
|
||||
be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t DLC; /* Specifies the length of the frame that will be
|
||||
transmitted. This parameter can be a value between
|
||||
0 to 8 */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Data[8]; /* Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0
|
||||
to 0xFF. */
|
||||
} CanTxMsg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN Rx message structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t StdId; /* Specifies the standard identifier.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t ExtId; /* Specifies the extended identifier.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t IDE; /* Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
|
||||
will be received. This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_identifier_type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t RTR; /* Specifies the type of frame for the received message.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of
|
||||
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t DLC; /* Specifies the length of the frame that will be received.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Data[8]; /* Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to
|
||||
0xFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t FMI; /* Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in
|
||||
the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a
|
||||
value between 0 to 0xFF */
|
||||
} CanRxMsg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_sleep_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /* CAN initialization failed */
|
||||
#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /* CAN initialization OK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_Mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /* normal mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /* loopback mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /* silent mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /* loopback combined with silent mode */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_Operating_Mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /* Initialization mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /* Normal mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /* sleep mode */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_Mode_Status */
|
||||
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /* CAN entering the specific mode failed */
|
||||
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /* CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */
|
||||
#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /* 1 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /* 2 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /* 3 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /* 4 time quantum */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /* 1 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /* 2 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /* 3 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /* 4 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /* 5 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /* 6 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /* 7 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /* 8 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /* 9 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /* 10 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* 11 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* 12 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /* 13 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* 14 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* 15 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* 16 time quantum */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /* 1 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /* 2 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /* 3 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /* 4 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /* 5 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /* 6 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /* 7 time quantum */
|
||||
#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /* 8 time quantum */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_filter_mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /* identifier/mask mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /* identifier list mode */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_filter_scale */
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /* Two 16-bit filters */
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /* One 32-bit filter */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_filter_FIFO */
|
||||
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */
|
||||
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_identifier_type */
|
||||
#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* Standard Id */
|
||||
#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Extended Id */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_remote_transmission_request */
|
||||
#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* Data frame */
|
||||
#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Remote frame */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_transmit_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/* CAN transmission failed */
|
||||
#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /* CAN transmission succeeded */
|
||||
#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /* CAN transmission pending */
|
||||
#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /* CAN cell did not provide an empty mailbox */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */
|
||||
#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_sleep_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /* CAN did not enter the sleep mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /* CAN entered the sleep mode */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_wake_up_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /* CAN did not leave the sleep mode */
|
||||
#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /* CAN leaved the sleep mode */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_Error_Code_constants */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /* No Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /* Stuff Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /* Form Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /* Acknowledgment Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /* Bit Recessive Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /* Bit Dominant Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /* CRC Error */
|
||||
#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /* Software Set Error */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_flags */
|
||||
/* Transmit Flags */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /* Request MailBox0 Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /* Request MailBox1 Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /* Request MailBox2 Flag */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive Flags */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /* FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /* FIFO 0 Full Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /* FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /* FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /* FIFO 1 Full Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /* FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Operating Mode Flags */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /* Wake up Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /* Sleep acknowledge Flag */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error Flags */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /* Error Warning Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /* Error Passive Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /* Bus-Off Flag */
|
||||
#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /* Last error code Flag */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_interrupts */
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive Interrupts */
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Operating Mode Interrupts */
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Wake-up Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error Interrupts */
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Error warning Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Error passive Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Bus-off Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Last error code Interrupt*/
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Error Interrupt*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME
|
||||
#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME
|
||||
|
||||
/* CAN_Legacy */
|
||||
#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed
|
||||
#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0
|
||||
#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1
|
||||
#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard
|
||||
#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended
|
||||
#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data
|
||||
#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote
|
||||
#define CANTXFAILE CAN_TxStatus_Failed
|
||||
#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok
|
||||
#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending
|
||||
#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox
|
||||
#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed
|
||||
#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok
|
||||
#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed
|
||||
#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
|
||||
void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct);
|
||||
void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
|
||||
void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber);
|
||||
void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox);
|
||||
void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox);
|
||||
void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage);
|
||||
void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
|
||||
void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
|
||||
void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
|
||||
void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_crc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* CRC firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_CRC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_CRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void CRC_ResetDR(void);
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data);
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void);
|
||||
void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue);
|
||||
uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
122
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_dac.h
Normal file
122
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_dac.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dac.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* DAC firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_DAC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_DAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /* Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /* Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves
|
||||
are generated, or whether no wave is generated.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /* Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or
|
||||
the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /* Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
|
||||
}DAC_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_trigger_selection */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
|
||||
has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /* TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
|
||||
only in High-density devices*/
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /* TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
|
||||
only in Connectivity line, Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /* TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /* TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /* TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
|
||||
only in Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices*/
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /* TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /* TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /* EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /* Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_wave_generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /* Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
|
||||
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /* Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_output_buffer */
|
||||
#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_Channel_selection */
|
||||
#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_data_alignment */
|
||||
#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC_wave_generation */
|
||||
#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void DAC_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
|
||||
void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
|
||||
void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1);
|
||||
uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dbgmcu.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* DBGMCU firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_DBGMCU_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_DBGMCU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* CFGR0 Register */
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
|
||||
/* CFGR1 Register */
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
266
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_dma.h
Normal file
266
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_dma.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dma.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* DMA firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_DMA_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_DMA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /* Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /* Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_DIR; /* Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /* Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel.
|
||||
The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize
|
||||
or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /* Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /* Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /* Specifies the Peripheral data width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /* Specifies the Memory data width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_Mode; /* Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode.
|
||||
@note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
|
||||
data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_Priority; /* Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t DMA_M2M; /* Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */
|
||||
}DMA_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_data_transfer_direction */
|
||||
#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */
|
||||
#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_memory_incremented_mode */
|
||||
#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_peripheral_data_size */
|
||||
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_memory_data_size */
|
||||
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_circular_normal_mode */
|
||||
#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_priority_level */
|
||||
#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
|
||||
#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_memory_to_memory */
|
||||
#define DMA_M2M_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x10100000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x10200000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x10400000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x10800000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x11000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x12000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x14000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x18000000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL8 ((uint32_t)0x20000001)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC8 ((uint32_t)0x20000002)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT8 ((uint32_t)0x20000004)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE8 ((uint32_t)0x20000008)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL9 ((uint32_t)0x20000010)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC9 ((uint32_t)0x20000020)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT9 ((uint32_t)0x20000040)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE9 ((uint32_t)0x20000080)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL10 ((uint32_t)0x20000100)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC10 ((uint32_t)0x20000200)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT10 ((uint32_t)0x20000400)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE10 ((uint32_t)0x20000800)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_GL11 ((uint32_t)0x20001000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TC11 ((uint32_t)0x20002000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_HT11 ((uint32_t)0x20004000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_IT_TE11 ((uint32_t)0x20008000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA_flags_definition */
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
|
||||
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x10100000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x10200000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x10400000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x10800000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x11000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x12000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x14000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x18000000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL8 ((uint32_t)0x20000001)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC8 ((uint32_t)0x20000002)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT8 ((uint32_t)0x20000004)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE8 ((uint32_t)0x20000008)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL9 ((uint32_t)0x20000010)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC9 ((uint32_t)0x20000020)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT9 ((uint32_t)0x20000040)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE9 ((uint32_t)0x20000080)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL10 ((uint32_t)0x20000100)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC10 ((uint32_t)0x20000200)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT10 ((uint32_t)0x20000400)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE10 ((uint32_t)0x20000800)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL11 ((uint32_t)0x20001000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC11 ((uint32_t)0x20002000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT11 ((uint32_t)0x20004000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE11 ((uint32_t)0x20008000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
|
||||
void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
|
||||
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
|
||||
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber);
|
||||
uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
|
||||
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
|
||||
void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
|
||||
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dvp.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* DVP firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_DVP_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_DVP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* DVP Data Mode */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
Video_Mode = 0,
|
||||
JPEG_Mode,
|
||||
}DVP_Data_ModeTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* DVP DMA */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
DVP_DMA_Disable = 0,
|
||||
DVP_DMA_Enable,
|
||||
}DVP_DMATypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DVP FLAG and FIFO Reset */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESET_Disable = 0,
|
||||
DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESET_Enable,
|
||||
}DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESETTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DVP RX Reset */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
DVP_RX_RESET_Disable = 0,
|
||||
DVP_RX_RESET_Enable,
|
||||
}DVP_RX_RESETTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void DVP_INTCfg( uint8_t s, uint8_t i );
|
||||
void DVP_Mode( uint8_t s, DVP_Data_ModeTypeDef i);
|
||||
void DVP_Cfg( DVP_DMATypeDef s, DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESETTypeDef i, DVP_RX_RESETTypeDef j);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
1323
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_eth.h
Normal file
1323
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_eth.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_exti.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* EXTI firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_EXTI_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_EXTI_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* EXTI mode enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00,
|
||||
EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04
|
||||
}EXTIMode_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EXTI Trigger enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08,
|
||||
EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C,
|
||||
EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10
|
||||
}EXTITrigger_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* EXTI Init Structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t EXTI_Line; /* Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */
|
||||
|
||||
EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /* Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
|
||||
|
||||
EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /* Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /* Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines.
|
||||
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
|
||||
}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* EXTI_Lines */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /* External interrupt line 0 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /* External interrupt line 1 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /* External interrupt line 2 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /* External interrupt line 3 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /* External interrupt line 4 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /* External interrupt line 5 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /* External interrupt line 6 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /* External interrupt line 7 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /* External interrupt line 8 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /* External interrupt line 9 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /* External interrupt line 10 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /* External interrupt line 11 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /* External interrupt line 12 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /* External interrupt line 13 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /* External interrupt line 14 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /* External interrupt line 15 */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /* External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /* External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /* External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB Device/USB OTG FS
|
||||
Wakeup from suspend event */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /* External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */
|
||||
#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x100000) /* External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USBHD Wakeup event */
|
||||
|
||||
void EXTI_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
|
||||
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
|
||||
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
|
||||
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
|
||||
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
|
||||
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
|
||||
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_flash.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_FLASH_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_FLASH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH Status */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_BUSY = 1,
|
||||
FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
FLASH_ERROR_WRP,
|
||||
FLASH_COMPLETE,
|
||||
FLASH_TIMEOUT
|
||||
}FLASH_Status;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flash_Latency */
|
||||
#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
|
||||
#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* FLASH One Latency cycle */
|
||||
#define FLASH_Latency_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* FLASH Two Latency cycles */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Half_Cycle_Enable_Disable */
|
||||
#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* FLASH Half Cycle Enable */
|
||||
#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* FLASH Half Cycle Disable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prefetch_Buffer_Enable_Disable */
|
||||
#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable */
|
||||
#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values to be used with Low and Medium density devices */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 0 to 3 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to7 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 4 to 7 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to11 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 8 to 11 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 12 to 15 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to19 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 16 to 19 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to23 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 20 to 23 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to27 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 24 to 27 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* CH32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 28 to 31 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values to be used with Medium-density devices */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to35 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 32 to 35 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to39 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 36 to 39 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to43 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 40 to 43 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to47 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 44 to 47 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to51 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 48 to 51 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to55 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 52 to 55 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to59 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 56 to 59 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to63 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 60 to 63 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages64to67 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 64 to 67 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages68to71 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 68 to 71 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages72to75 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 72 to 75 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages76to79 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 76 to 79 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages80to83 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 80 to 83 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages84to87 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 84 to 87 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages88to91 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 88 to 91 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages92to95 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 92 to 95 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages96to99 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 96 to 99 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages100to103 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 100 to 103 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages104to107 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 104 to 107 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages108to111 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 108 to 111 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages112to115 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 112 to 115 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages116to119 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 115 to 119 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages120to123 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 120 to 123 */
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 124 to 127 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* CH32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 62 to 255 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLASH_WRProt_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /* Write protection of all Pages */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Option_Bytes_IWatchdog */
|
||||
#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Software IWDG selected */
|
||||
#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint16_t)0x0000) /* Hardware IWDG selected */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP */
|
||||
#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* No reset generated when entering in STOP */
|
||||
#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint16_t)0x0000) /* Reset generated when entering in STOP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY */
|
||||
#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
|
||||
#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint16_t)0x0000) /* Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH_Interrupts */
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* FPEC error interrupt source */
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_ERROR FLASH_IT_ERROR /* FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
|
||||
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_EOP FLASH_IT_EOP /* End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH_Flags */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* FLASH Busy flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* FLASH Program error flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* FLASH Write protected error flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* FLASH Option Byte error flag */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY FLASH_FLAG_BSY /* FLASH BANK1 Busy flag*/
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP FLASH_FLAG_EOP /* FLASH BANK1 End of Operation flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR FLASH_FLAG_PGERR /* FLASH BANK1 Program error flag */
|
||||
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR /* FLASH BANK1 Write protected error flag */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*Functions used for all devices*/
|
||||
void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency);
|
||||
void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess);
|
||||
void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer);
|
||||
void FLASH_Unlock(void);
|
||||
void FLASH_Lock(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY);
|
||||
uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void);
|
||||
uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void);
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void);
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void);
|
||||
void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
|
||||
void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
void FLASH_Unlock_Fast(void);
|
||||
void FLASH_Lock_Fast(void);
|
||||
void FLASH_ErasePage_Fast(uint32_t Page_Address);
|
||||
void FLASH_EraseBlock_32K_Fast(uint32_t Block_Address);
|
||||
void FLASH_EraseBlock_64K_Fast(uint32_t Block_Address);
|
||||
void FLASH_ProgramPage_Fast(uint32_t Page_Address, uint32_t* pbuf);
|
||||
|
||||
/* New function used for all devices */
|
||||
void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void);
|
||||
void FLASH_LockBank1(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void);
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
318
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_fsmc.h
Normal file
318
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_fsmc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_fsmc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_FSMC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_FSMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
|
||||
the duration of the address setup time.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
|
||||
@note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
|
||||
the duration of the address hold time.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
|
||||
@note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
|
||||
the duration of the data setup time.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.
|
||||
@note: It is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
|
||||
the duration of the bus turnaround.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
|
||||
@note: It is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /* Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF.
|
||||
@note: This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /* Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue
|
||||
to the memory before getting the first data.
|
||||
The value of this parameter depends on the memory type as shown below:
|
||||
- It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM
|
||||
- It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses
|
||||
- It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories
|
||||
with synchronous burst mode enable */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /* Specifies the asynchronous access mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */
|
||||
}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /* Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /* Specifies whether the address and data values are
|
||||
multiplexed on the databus or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /* Specifies the type of external memory attached to
|
||||
the corresponding memory bank.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /* Specifies the external memory device width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /* Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory,
|
||||
valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /* Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers,
|
||||
valid only with asynchronous Flash memories.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /* Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing
|
||||
the Flash memory in burst mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /* Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash
|
||||
memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /* Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one
|
||||
clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state,
|
||||
valid only when accessing memories in burst mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /* Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /* Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait
|
||||
signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /* Enables or disables the extended mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /* Enables or disables the write burst operation.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /* Timing Parameters for write and read access if the ExtendedMode is not used*/
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /* Timing Parameters for write access if the ExtendedMode is used*/
|
||||
}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before
|
||||
the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access
|
||||
to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on
|
||||
the memory space timing to be configured).
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /* Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the
|
||||
command for NAND-Flash read or write access to
|
||||
common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the
|
||||
memory space timing to be configured).
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address
|
||||
(and data for write access) after the command deassertion
|
||||
for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute
|
||||
or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing
|
||||
to be configured).
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the
|
||||
databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash
|
||||
write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending
|
||||
on the memory space timing to be configured).
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
|
||||
}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /* Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /* Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /* Specifies the external memory device width.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /* Enables or disables the ECC computation.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /* Defines the page size for the extended ECC.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
|
||||
delay between CLE low and RE low.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
|
||||
delay between ALE low and RE low.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /* FSMC Common Space Timing */
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /* FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
|
||||
}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /* Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
|
||||
delay between CLE low and RE low.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /* Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
|
||||
delay between ALE low and RE low.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /* FSMC Common Space Timing */
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /* FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /* FSMC IO Space Timing */
|
||||
}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_NAND_Bank */
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_PCCARD_Bank */
|
||||
#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
|
||||
#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Memory_Type */
|
||||
#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Data_Width */
|
||||
#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
|
||||
#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
|
||||
#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Wait_Timing */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Write_Operation */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Wait_Signal */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Extended_Mode */
|
||||
#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Write_Burst */
|
||||
#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Access_Mode */
|
||||
#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Wait_feature */
|
||||
#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_ECC */
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Interrupt_sources */
|
||||
#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC_Flags */
|
||||
#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void);
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
|
||||
void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
|
||||
void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
|
||||
void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
180
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_gpio.h
Normal file
180
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_gpio.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_gpio.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* GPIO firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_GPIO_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_GPIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output Maximum frequency selection */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 1,
|
||||
GPIO_Speed_2MHz,
|
||||
GPIO_Speed_50MHz
|
||||
}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configuration Mode enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{ GPIO_Mode_AIN = 0x0,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING = 0x04,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_IPD = 0x28,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_IPU = 0x48,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_Out_OD = 0x14,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_Out_PP = 0x10,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_AF_OD = 0x1C,
|
||||
GPIO_Mode_AF_PP = 0x18
|
||||
}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* GPIO Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t GPIO_Pin; /* Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
|
||||
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /* Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /* Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */
|
||||
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bit_SET and Bit_RESET enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bit_RESET = 0,
|
||||
Bit_SET
|
||||
}BitAction;
|
||||
|
||||
/* GPIO_pins_define */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */
|
||||
|
||||
/* GPIO_Remap_define */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* USART1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* USART2 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00140010) /* USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_FullRemap_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00140030) /* USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00160040) /* TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x001600C0) /* TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180100) /* TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180200) /* TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180300) /* TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x001A0800) /* TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x001A0C00) /* TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap1_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x001D4000) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap2_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x001D6000) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_PD01 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* PD01 Alternate Function mapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00200001) /* LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ ((uint32_t)0x00200002) /* ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG ((uint32_t)0x00200004) /* ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ ((uint32_t)0x00200008) /* ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG ((uint32_t)0x00200010) /* ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_ETH ((uint32_t)0x00200020) /* Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x00200040) /* CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST ((uint32_t)0x00300100) /* Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable ((uint32_t)0x00300200) /* JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00300400) /* Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00201100) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF ((uint32_t)0x00202000) /* Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected
|
||||
to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration
|
||||
(only for Connectivity line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS ((uint32_t)0x00204000) /* Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x80000020) /* TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x80000040) /* TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV ((uint32_t)0x80000400) /* FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA ((uint32_t)0x80000010) /* TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA ((uint32_t)0x80000800) /* TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_Remap_MISC ((uint32_t)0x80002000) /* Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping,
|
||||
only for High density Value line devices) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* GPIO_Port_Sources */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
|
||||
/* GPIO_Pin_sources */
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
|
||||
#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ethernet_Media_Interface */
|
||||
#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII ((u32)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII ((u32)0x00000001)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
|
||||
void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void);
|
||||
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
|
||||
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
|
||||
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
|
||||
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
|
||||
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
|
||||
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal);
|
||||
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
|
||||
void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
|
||||
void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
208
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_i2c.h
Normal file
208
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_i2c.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_i2c.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* I2C firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_I2C_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_I2C_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /* Specifies the clock frequency.
|
||||
This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_Mode; /* Specifies the I2C mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /* Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /* Specifies the first device own address.
|
||||
This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_Ack; /* Enables or disables the acknowledgement.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /* Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */
|
||||
}I2C_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_mode */
|
||||
#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
|
||||
#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
|
||||
#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_acknowledgement */
|
||||
#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_transfer_direction */
|
||||
#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_acknowledged_address */
|
||||
#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000)
|
||||
#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_registers */
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_CTLR1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_CTLR2 ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_OADDR1 ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_OADDR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_DATAR ((uint8_t)0x10)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_STAR1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_STAR2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_CKCFGR ((uint8_t)0x1C)
|
||||
#define I2C_Register_RTR ((uint8_t)0x20)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level */
|
||||
#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_PEC_position */
|
||||
#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_NACK_position */
|
||||
#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002)
|
||||
#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SR2 register flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SR1 register flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
|
||||
#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)********************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)******************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
|
||||
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
|
||||
void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
|
||||
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
|
||||
void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address);
|
||||
void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data);
|
||||
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
|
||||
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction);
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register);
|
||||
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition);
|
||||
void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert);
|
||||
void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition);
|
||||
void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
|
||||
void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle);
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************************
|
||||
* I2C State Monitoring Functions
|
||||
****************************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT);
|
||||
uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
|
||||
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
|
||||
|
||||
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
|
||||
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_iwdg.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* IWDG firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_IWDG_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_IWDG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* IWDG_WriteAccess */
|
||||
#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555)
|
||||
#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* IWDG_prescaler */
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
|
||||
/* IWDG_Flag */
|
||||
#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess);
|
||||
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler);
|
||||
void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload);
|
||||
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void);
|
||||
void IWDG_Enable(void);
|
||||
FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_misc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* miscellaneous firmware library functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30X_MISC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30X_MISC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* NVIC Init Structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel;
|
||||
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority;
|
||||
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority;
|
||||
FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd;
|
||||
} NVIC_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preemption_Priority_Group */
|
||||
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x04)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup);
|
||||
void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_opa.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* OPA firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_OPA_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_OPA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define OPA_PSEL_OFFSET 3
|
||||
#define OPA_NSEL_OFFSET 2
|
||||
#define OPA_MODE_OFFSET 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* OPA member enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA1=0,
|
||||
OPA2,
|
||||
OPA3,
|
||||
OPA4
|
||||
}OPA_Num_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* OPA PSEL enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHP0=0,
|
||||
CHP1
|
||||
}OPA_PSEL_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* OPA NSEL enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHN0=0,
|
||||
CHN1
|
||||
}OPA_NSEL_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* OPA Mode enumeration */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
OUT_IO_ADC=0,
|
||||
OUT_IO
|
||||
}OPA_Mode_TypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* OPA Init Structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA_Num_TypeDef OPA_NUM; /* Specifies the members of OPA */
|
||||
OPA_PSEL_TypeDef PSEL; /* Specifies the positive channel of OPA */
|
||||
OPA_NSEL_TypeDef NSEL; /* Specifies the negative channel of OPA */
|
||||
OPA_Mode_TypeDef Mode; /* Specifies the mode of OPA */
|
||||
}OPA_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
void OPA_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void OPA_Init(OPA_InitTypeDef* OPA_InitStruct);
|
||||
void OPA_StructInit(OPA_InitTypeDef* OPA_InitStruct);
|
||||
void OPA_Cmd(OPA_Num_TypeDef OPA_NUM, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_pwr.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_PWR_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_PWR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* PVD_detection_level */
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V3 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V5 ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V6 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V7 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V8 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
|
||||
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V9 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Regulator_state_is_STOP_mode */
|
||||
#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* STOP_mode_entry */
|
||||
#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PWR_Flag */
|
||||
#define PWR_FLAG_WU ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define PWR_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PWR_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel);
|
||||
void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
|
||||
FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
|
||||
void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM_LV(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM(void);
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM_LV(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
404
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_rcc.h
Normal file
404
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_rcc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_rcc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the RCC firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_RCC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_RCC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* RCC_Exported_Types */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; /* returns SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
|
||||
uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; /* returns HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
|
||||
uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; /* returns PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
|
||||
uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; /* returns PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
|
||||
uint32_t ADCCLK_Frequency; /* returns ADCCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
|
||||
}RCC_ClocksTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* HSE_configuration */
|
||||
#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL_entry_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL_multiplication_factor for other CH32V30x */
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_5 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_7 ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_9 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00240000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_12 ((uint32_t)0x00280000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_13 ((uint32_t)0x002C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_14 ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_15 ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_16 ((uint32_t)0x00380000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_18 ((uint32_t)0x003C0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL_multiplication_factor for CH32V307 */
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_18_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_3_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_4_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_5_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_6_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_7_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_8_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_9_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_10_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_11_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00240000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_12_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00280000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_13_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x002C0000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_14_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_6_5_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_15_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00380000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLLMul_16_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x003C0000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* PREDIV1_division_factor */
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x00000009)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PREDIV1_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PREDIV2_division_factor */
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
|
||||
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL2_multiplication_factor */
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_2_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_12_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000300)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000500)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000900)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000D00)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000F00)
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL3_multiplication_factor */
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_2_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_12_5 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_5 ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_6 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_7 ((uint32_t)0x00005000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00006000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_9 ((uint32_t)0x00007000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00009000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000B000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_15 ((uint32_t)0x0000D000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_16 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_20 ((uint32_t)0x0000F000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* System_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* AHB_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
|
||||
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* APB1_APB2_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000500)
|
||||
#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
|
||||
#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RCC_Interrupt_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_PLL2RDY ((uint8_t)0x20)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_PLL3RDY ((uint8_t)0x40)
|
||||
#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USB_OTG_FS_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div3 ((uint8_t)0x02)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S2_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S3_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* LSE_configuration */
|
||||
#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x00000300)
|
||||
|
||||
/* AHB_peripheral */
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_RNG ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_USBHS ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_OTG_FS ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DVP ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Tx ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Rx ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* APB2_peripheral */
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* APB1_peripheral */
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_BKP ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
|
||||
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clock_source_to_output_on_MCO_pin */
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_HSI ((uint8_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_HSE ((uint8_t)0x06)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x07)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK ((uint8_t)0x08)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x09)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_XT1 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
|
||||
#define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK ((uint8_t)0x0B)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RCC_Flag */
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x41)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x61)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x7A)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x7B)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x7C)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7D)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7E)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x7F)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY ((uint8_t)0x3B)
|
||||
#define RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY ((uint8_t)0x3D)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SysTick_clock_source */
|
||||
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB)
|
||||
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RNG_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_RNGCLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_RNGCLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ETH1G_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_ETH1GCLKSource_PLL2_VCO ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_ETH1GCLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_ETH1GCLKSource_PB1_IN ((uint32_t)0x02)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBFS_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x03)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x04)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x05)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x06)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBPLL_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x07)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBHSPLL_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_HSBHSPLLCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_HSBHSPLLCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBHSPLLCKREF_clock_select */
|
||||
#define RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLK_3M ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLK_4M ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLK_8M ((uint32_t)0x02)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLK_5M ((uint32_t)0x03)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBCLK48M_clock_source */
|
||||
#define RCC_USBCLK48MCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define RCC_USBCLK48MCLKSource_USBPHY ((uint32_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void RCC_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void RCC_HSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_HSE);
|
||||
ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void);
|
||||
void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue);
|
||||
void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul);
|
||||
void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource);
|
||||
uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void);
|
||||
void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK);
|
||||
void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
|
||||
void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
|
||||
void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2);
|
||||
void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE);
|
||||
void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks);
|
||||
void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCO);
|
||||
FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG);
|
||||
void RCC_ClearFlag(void);
|
||||
ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT);
|
||||
void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Source, uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div);
|
||||
void RCC_PREDIV2Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV2_Div);
|
||||
void RCC_PLL2Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL2Mul);
|
||||
void RCC_PLL2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_PLL3Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL3Mul);
|
||||
void RCC_PLL3Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_OTGFSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_OTGFSCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_I2S2CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S2CLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_I2S3CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S3CLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
|
||||
void RCC_ADCCLKADJcmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_RNGCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RNGCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_ETH1GCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_ETH1GCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_ETH1G_125Mcmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_USBHSConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBHS);
|
||||
void RCC_USBHSPLLCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBHSPLLCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBHSPLLCKREFCLKSource);
|
||||
void RCC_USBHSPHYPLLALIVEcmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RCC_USBCLK48MConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLK48MSource);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_rng.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* RNG firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_RNG_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_RNG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* RNG_flags_definition*/
|
||||
#define RNG_FLAG_DRDY ((uint8_t)0x0001) /* Data ready */
|
||||
#define RNG_FLAG_CECS ((uint8_t)0x0002) /* Clock error current status */
|
||||
#define RNG_FLAG_SECS ((uint8_t)0x0004) /* Seed error current status */
|
||||
|
||||
/* RNG_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define RNG_IT_CEI ((uint8_t)0x20) /* Clock error interrupt */
|
||||
#define RNG_IT_SEI ((uint8_t)0x40) /* Seed error interrupt */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void);
|
||||
void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG);
|
||||
void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT);
|
||||
void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_rtc.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_RTC_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_RTC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC_interrupts_define */
|
||||
#define RTC_IT_OW ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Overflow interrupt */
|
||||
#define RTC_IT_ALR ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Alarm interrupt */
|
||||
#define RTC_IT_SEC ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Second interrupt */
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC_interrupts_flags */
|
||||
#define RTC_FLAG_RTOFF ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* RTC Operation OFF flag */
|
||||
#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Registers Synchronized flag */
|
||||
#define RTC_FLAG_OW ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Overflow flag */
|
||||
#define RTC_FLAG_ALR ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Alarm flag */
|
||||
#define RTC_FLAG_SEC ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Second flag */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void);
|
||||
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void);
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void);
|
||||
void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue);
|
||||
void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue);
|
||||
void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue);
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void);
|
||||
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void);
|
||||
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void);
|
||||
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
|
||||
void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT);
|
||||
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
252
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_sdio.h
Normal file
252
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_sdio.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_sdio.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_SDIO_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_SDIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /* Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /* Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is
|
||||
enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /* Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or
|
||||
disabled when the bus is idle.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /* Specifies the SDIO bus width.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /* Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /* Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
} SDIO_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /* Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent
|
||||
to a card as part of a command message. If a command
|
||||
contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register
|
||||
before writing the command to the command register */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /* Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_Response; /* Specifies the SDIO response type.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /* Specifies whether SDIO wait-for-interrupt request is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /* Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM)
|
||||
is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */
|
||||
} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /* Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /* Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /* Specifies the data block size for block transfer.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /* Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer
|
||||
is a read or write.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /* Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /* Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM)
|
||||
is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */
|
||||
} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Clock_Edge */
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Clock_Bypass */
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Bus_Wide */
|
||||
#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */
|
||||
#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Power_State */
|
||||
#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Interrupt_sources */
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Response_Type */
|
||||
#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */
|
||||
#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_CPSM_State */
|
||||
#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Response_Registers */
|
||||
#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Data_Block_Size */
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Transfer_Direction */
|
||||
#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Transfer_Type */
|
||||
#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_DPSM_State */
|
||||
#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Flags */
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode */
|
||||
#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void SDIO_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
|
||||
void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
|
||||
void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState);
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void);
|
||||
void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
|
||||
void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
|
||||
uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void);
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP);
|
||||
void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
|
||||
void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void);
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void);
|
||||
void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data);
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void);
|
||||
void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode);
|
||||
void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
|
||||
void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
|
||||
void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
227
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_spi.h
Normal file
227
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_spi.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_spi.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* SPI firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_SPI_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_SPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_Direction; /* Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_Mode; /* Specifies the SPI operating mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /* Specifies the SPI data size.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /* Specifies the serial clock steady state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /* Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_NSS; /* Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
|
||||
hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /* Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
|
||||
used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler.
|
||||
@note The communication clock is derived from the master
|
||||
clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /* Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /* Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */
|
||||
}SPI_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2S_Mode; /* Specifies the I2S operating mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2S_Standard; /* Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /* Specifies the data format for the I2S communication.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /* Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /* Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /* Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
}I2S_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_data_direction */
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000)
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_mode */
|
||||
#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104)
|
||||
#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_data_size */
|
||||
#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_Clock_Phase */
|
||||
#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_Slave_Select_management */
|
||||
#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler */
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
|
||||
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
|
||||
#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_Mode */
|
||||
#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_Standard */
|
||||
#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030)
|
||||
#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_Data_Format */
|
||||
#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003)
|
||||
#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_MCLK_Output */
|
||||
#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_Audio_Frequency */
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000)
|
||||
#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests */
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_NSS_internal_software_management */
|
||||
#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive */
|
||||
#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00)
|
||||
#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_direction_transmit_receive */
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF)
|
||||
#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition */
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56)
|
||||
#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55)
|
||||
#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54)
|
||||
#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI_I2S_flags_definition */
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
|
||||
void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
|
||||
void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
|
||||
void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
|
||||
void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
|
||||
void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
|
||||
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft);
|
||||
void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize);
|
||||
void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
|
||||
void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC);
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
|
||||
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction);
|
||||
FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
513
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_tim.h
Normal file
513
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/inc/ch32v30x_tim.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_tim.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* TIM firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_TIM_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_TIM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM Time Base Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /* Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /* Specifies the counter mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_Period; /* Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active
|
||||
Auto-Reload Register at the next update event.
|
||||
This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /* Specifies the clock division.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /* Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter
|
||||
reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts
|
||||
from the RCR value (N).
|
||||
This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to:
|
||||
- the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode
|
||||
- the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode
|
||||
This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF.
|
||||
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
|
||||
} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM Output Compare Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /* Specifies the TIM mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /* Specifies the TIM Output Compare state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_state */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /* Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_state
|
||||
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_Pulse; /* Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /* Specifies the output polarity.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /* Specifies the complementary output polarity.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
|
||||
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /* Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
|
||||
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /* Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
|
||||
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
|
||||
} TIM_OCInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM Input Capture Init structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_Channel; /* Specifies the TIM channel.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /* Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /* Specifies the input.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /* Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /* Specifies the input capture filter.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */
|
||||
} TIM_ICInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* BDTR structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /* Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /* Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /* Specifies the LOCK level parameters.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref Lock_level */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /* Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the
|
||||
switching-on of the outputs.
|
||||
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_Break; /* Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref Break_Input_enable_disable */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /* Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref Break_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /* Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */
|
||||
} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_One_Pulse_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Channel */
|
||||
#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */
|
||||
#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Counter_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_N_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Capture_Compare_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Capture_Compare_N_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Break_Input_enable_disable */
|
||||
#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Break_Polarity */
|
||||
#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */
|
||||
#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000)
|
||||
#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock_level */
|
||||
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300)
|
||||
|
||||
/* OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */
|
||||
#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
|
||||
connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
|
||||
connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /* TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /* Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Capture performed once every 2 events. */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Capture performed once every 4 events. */
|
||||
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /* Capture performed once every 8 events. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_interrupt_sources */
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_DMA_Base_address */
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_DMA_Burst_Length */
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_DMA_sources */
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler */
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection */
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source */
|
||||
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
|
||||
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity */
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000)
|
||||
#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Forced_Action */
|
||||
#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050)
|
||||
#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Encoder_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Event_Source */
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Update_Source */
|
||||
#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /* Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
|
||||
or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
|
||||
through the slave mode controller. */
|
||||
#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State */
|
||||
#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Trigger_Output_Source */
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Slave_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005)
|
||||
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006)
|
||||
#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Master_Slave_Mode */
|
||||
#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Flags */
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* TIM_Legacy */
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers
|
||||
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
|
||||
void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource);
|
||||
void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength);
|
||||
void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
|
||||
void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter);
|
||||
void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
|
||||
uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
|
||||
void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
|
||||
void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
|
||||
uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
|
||||
void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode);
|
||||
void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
|
||||
void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity);
|
||||
void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
|
||||
void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
|
||||
void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
|
||||
void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
|
||||
void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
|
||||
void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
|
||||
void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
|
||||
void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
|
||||
void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
|
||||
void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
|
||||
void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
|
||||
void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
|
||||
void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
|
||||
void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx);
|
||||
void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode);
|
||||
void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
|
||||
void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
|
||||
void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Counter);
|
||||
void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Autoreload);
|
||||
void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare1);
|
||||
void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare2);
|
||||
void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare3);
|
||||
void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare4);
|
||||
void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
|
||||
void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
|
||||
void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
|
||||
void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
|
||||
void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
|
||||
FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
|
||||
void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_usart.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
|
||||
* USART firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_USART_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_USART_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART Init Structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /* This member configures the USART communication baud rate.
|
||||
The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
|
||||
- IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)))
|
||||
- FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_WordLength; /* Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_StopBits; /* Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_Parity; /* Specifies the parity mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity
|
||||
@note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
|
||||
at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
|
||||
the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
|
||||
word length is set to 8 data bits). */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_Mode; /* Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /* Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
|
||||
or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
|
||||
} USART_InitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART Clock Init Structure definition */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_Clock; /* Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_CPOL; /* Specifies the steady state value of the serial clock.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_CPHA; /* Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t USART_LastBit; /* Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted
|
||||
data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
|
||||
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */
|
||||
} USART_ClockInitTypeDef;
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Word_Length */
|
||||
#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Stop_Bits */
|
||||
#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Parity */
|
||||
#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Mode */
|
||||
#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
|
||||
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Clock */
|
||||
#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Clock_Polarity */
|
||||
#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Clock_Phase */
|
||||
#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Last_Bit */
|
||||
#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Interrupt_definition */
|
||||
#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_ORE_RX ((uint16_t)0x0325)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_ORE_ER ((uint16_t)0x0360)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260)
|
||||
#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USART_IT_ORE USART_IT_ORE_ER
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_DMA_Requests */
|
||||
#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_WakeUp_methods */
|
||||
#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length */
|
||||
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_IrDA_Low_Power */
|
||||
#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Flags */
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
|
||||
#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
|
||||
void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
|
||||
void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
|
||||
void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
|
||||
void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
|
||||
void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address);
|
||||
void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp);
|
||||
void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength);
|
||||
void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
|
||||
void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
|
||||
void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime);
|
||||
void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler);
|
||||
void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode);
|
||||
void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
|
||||
FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
|
||||
void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
|
||||
ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
|
||||
void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_wwdg.h
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG
|
||||
* firmware library.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CH32V30x_WWDG_H
|
||||
#define __CH32V30x_WWDG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* WWDG_Prescaler */
|
||||
#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
|
||||
#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
|
||||
#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void WWDG_DeInit(void);
|
||||
void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler);
|
||||
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue);
|
||||
void WWDG_EnableIT(void);
|
||||
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
|
||||
void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter);
|
||||
FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void);
|
||||
void WWDG_ClearFlag(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
1094
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_adc.c
Normal file
1094
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_adc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
221
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_bkp.c
Normal file
221
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_bkp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_bkp.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the BKP firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_bkp.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* BKP registers bit mask */
|
||||
|
||||
/* OCTLR register bit mask */
|
||||
#define OCTLR_CAL_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
|
||||
#define OCTLR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFC7F)
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the BKP peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_BackupResetCmd(ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_BackupResetCmd(DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures the Tamper Pin active level.
|
||||
* Input : BKP_TamperPinLevel: specifies the Tamper Pin active level.
|
||||
* BKP_TamperPinLevel_High: Tamper pin active on high level.
|
||||
* BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low: Tamper pin active on low level.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(BKP_TamperPinLevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCTLR |= (1<<1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCTLR &= ~(1<<1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_TamperPinCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Tamper Pin activation.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCTLR |= (1<<0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCTLR &= ~(1<<0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Tamper Pin Interrupt.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCSR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCSR &= ~(1<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_RTCOutputConfig
|
||||
* Description : Select the RTC output source to output on the Tamper pin.
|
||||
* Input : BKP_RTCOutputSource: specifies the RTC output source.
|
||||
* BKP_RTCOutputSource_None: no RTC output on the Tamper pin.
|
||||
* BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock: output the RTC clock with
|
||||
* frequency divided by 64 on the Tamper pin.
|
||||
* BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm: output the RTC Alarm pulse signal
|
||||
* on the Tamper pin.
|
||||
* BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second: output the RTC Second pulse
|
||||
* signal on the Tamper pin.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = BKP->OCTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= OCTLR_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= BKP_RTCOutputSource;
|
||||
BKP->OCTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue
|
||||
* Description : Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.
|
||||
* Input : CalibrationValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value.
|
||||
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = BKP->OCTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= OCTLR_CAL_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= CalibrationValue;
|
||||
BKP->OCTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_WriteBackupRegister
|
||||
* Description : Writes user data to the specified Data Backup Register.
|
||||
* Input : BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
|
||||
* Data: data to write.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += BKP_DR;
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_ReadBackupRegister
|
||||
* Description : Reads data from the specified Data Backup Register.
|
||||
* Input : BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
|
||||
* This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42].
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += BKP_DR;
|
||||
|
||||
return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the Tamper Pin Event flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(BKP->TPCSR & (1<<8))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears Tamper Pin Event pending flag.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_ClearFlag(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCSR |= BKP_CTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the Tamper Pin Interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : ITStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(BKP->TPCSR & (1<<9))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : BKP_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BKP->TPCSR |= BKP_CTI;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
1138
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_can.c
Normal file
1138
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_can.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_crc.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the CRC firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_crc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_ResetDR
|
||||
* Description : Resets the CRC Data register (DR).
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void CRC_ResetDR(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRC->CTLR = CRC_CTLR_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_CalcCRC
|
||||
* Description : Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit).
|
||||
* Input : Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC.
|
||||
* Return : 32-bit CRC.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRC->DATAR = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
return (CRC->DATAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_CalcBlockCRC
|
||||
* Description : Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit).
|
||||
* Input : pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed.
|
||||
* BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed.
|
||||
* Return : 32-bit CRC.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t index = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRC->DATAR = pBuffer[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (CRC->DATAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_GetCRC
|
||||
* Description : Returns the current CRC value.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : 32-bit CRC.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (CRC->IDATAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_SetIDRegister
|
||||
* Description : Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register.
|
||||
* Input : IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRC->IDATAR = IDValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : CRC_GetIDRegister
|
||||
* Description : Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : 8-bit value of the ID register.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (CRC->IDATAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
269
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dac.c
Normal file
269
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dac.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dac.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the DAC firmware functions.
|
||||
****************************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_dac.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* CTLR register Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DAC Dual Channels SWTR masks */
|
||||
#define DUAL_SWTR_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
|
||||
#define DUAL_SWTR_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DHR registers offsets */
|
||||
#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014)
|
||||
#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DOR register offset */
|
||||
#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters in
|
||||
* the DAC_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel:the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* DAC_InitStruct:pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg1 = DAC->CTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg1 &= ~(CTLR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration |
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer);
|
||||
tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel;
|
||||
DAC->CTLR = tmpreg1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_InitStruct:pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None;
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None;
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0;
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DAC channel.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* NewState:new state of the DAC channel(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR |= (DAC_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR &= ~(DAC_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_DMACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* NewState:new state of the DAC channel(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR |= (DAC_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR &= ~(DAC_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* NewState:new state of the DAC channel(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->SWTR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->SWTR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the two DAC channel software trigger.
|
||||
* Input : NewState:new state of the DAC channel(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->SWTR |= DUAL_SWTR_SET ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->SWTR &= DUAL_SWTR_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_WaveGenerationCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable.
|
||||
* DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation
|
||||
* DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation
|
||||
* NewState:new state of the DAC channel(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC->CTLR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_SetChannel1Data
|
||||
* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
|
||||
* DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_SetChannel2Data
|
||||
* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
|
||||
* DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_SetDualChannelData
|
||||
* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for two DAC.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
|
||||
* DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* Data1 : Data for DAC Channel1.
|
||||
* Data2 : Data for DAC Channel2
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R)
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DAC_GetDataOutputValue
|
||||
* Description : Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* Input : DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ;
|
||||
tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2);
|
||||
|
||||
return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dbgmcu.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions.
|
||||
****************************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_dbgmcu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DBGMCU_Config
|
||||
* Description : Configures the specified peripheral and low power mode behavior
|
||||
* when the MCU under Debug mode.
|
||||
* Input : DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the peripheral and low power mode.
|
||||
* DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted
|
||||
* DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode
|
||||
* DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode
|
||||
* DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((DBGMCU_Periph == DBGMCU_SLEEP) || (DBGMCU_Periph == DBGMCU_STOP) || (DBGMCU_Periph == DBGMCU_STANDBY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DBGMCU->CFGR1 |= DBGMCU_Periph;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DBGMCU->CFGR1 &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DBGMCU->CFGR0 |= DBGMCU_Periph;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DBGMCU->CFGR0 &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
669
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dma.c
Normal file
669
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dma.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dma.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the DMA firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_dma.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF1 | DMA_TCIF1 | DMA_HTIF1 | DMA_TEIF1))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF2 | DMA_TCIF2 | DMA_HTIF2 | DMA_TEIF2))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF3 | DMA_TCIF3 | DMA_HTIF3 | DMA_TEIF3))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF4 | DMA_TCIF4 | DMA_HTIF4 | DMA_TEIF4))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF5 | DMA_TCIF5 | DMA_HTIF5 | DMA_TEIF5))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF6 | DMA_TCIF6 | DMA_HTIF6 | DMA_TEIF6))
|
||||
#define DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF7 | DMA_TCIF7 | DMA_HTIF7 | DMA_TEIF7))
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF1 | DMA_TCIF1 | DMA_HTIF1 | DMA_TEIF1))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF2 | DMA_TCIF2 | DMA_HTIF2 | DMA_TEIF2))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF3 | DMA_TCIF3 | DMA_HTIF3 | DMA_TEIF3))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF4 | DMA_TCIF4 | DMA_HTIF4 | DMA_TEIF4))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF5 | DMA_TCIF5 | DMA_HTIF5 | DMA_TEIF5))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel6_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF6 | DMA_TCIF6 | DMA_HTIF6 | DMA_TEIF6))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel7_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF7 | DMA_TCIF7 | DMA_HTIF7 | DMA_TEIF7))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel8_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF8 | DMA_TCIF8 | DMA_HTIF8 | DMA_TEIF8))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel9_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF9 | DMA_TCIF9 | DMA_HTIF9 | DMA_TEIF9))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel10_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF10 | DMA_TCIF10 | DMA_HTIF10 | DMA_TEIF10))
|
||||
#define DMA2_Channel11_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_GIF11 | DMA_TCIF11 | DMA_HTIF11 | DMA_TEIF11))
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2 FLAG mask */
|
||||
#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
|
||||
#define DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA registers Masks */
|
||||
#define CFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx:here y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
|
||||
* 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the
|
||||
* DMA Channel.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CFGR1_EN);
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR = 0;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CNTR = 0;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->PADDR = 0;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->MADDR = 0;
|
||||
if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR |= DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel6_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel7_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel8_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel9_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel10_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel11)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR |= DMA2_Channel11_IT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the DMA_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx:here y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be
|
||||
* 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the
|
||||
* DMA Channel.
|
||||
* DMA_InitStruct:pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the
|
||||
* specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CFGR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode |
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc |
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize |
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M;
|
||||
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR = tmpreg;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CNTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->PADDR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr;
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->MADDR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will
|
||||
* 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the
|
||||
* be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can
|
||||
* be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select
|
||||
* the DMA Channel.
|
||||
* NewState : new state of the DMAy Channelx(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR |= DMA_CFGR1_EN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CFGR1_EN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can
|
||||
* be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select
|
||||
* the DMA Channel.
|
||||
* DMA_IT : specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled
|
||||
* or disabled.
|
||||
* DMA_IT_TC : Transfer complete interrupt mask
|
||||
* DMA_IT_HT : Half transfer interrupt mask
|
||||
* DMA_IT_TE : Transfer error interrupt mask
|
||||
* NewState : new state of the DMAy Channelx(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR |= DMA_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CFGR &= ~DMA_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_SetCurrDataCounter
|
||||
* Description : Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can
|
||||
* be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select
|
||||
* the DMA Channel.
|
||||
* DataNumber : The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx
|
||||
* transfer.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMAy_Channelx->CNTR = DataNumber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_GetCurrDataCounter
|
||||
* Description : Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can
|
||||
* be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select
|
||||
* the DMA Channel.
|
||||
* Return : DataNumber : The number of remaining data units in the current
|
||||
* DMAy Channelx transfer.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNTR));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL6: DMA2 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT6: DMA2 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL7: DMA2 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT7: DMA2 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL8: DMA2 Channel8 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT8: DMA2 Channel8 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL9: DMA2 Channel9 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT9: DMA2 Channel9 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL10: DMA2 Channel10 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT10: DMA2 Channel10 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL11: DMA2 Channel11 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT11: DMA2 Channel11 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* Return : The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) == FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA2->INTFR ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((DMAy_FLAG & DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask) == DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA2_EXTEN->INTFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA1->INTFR ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL6: DMA2 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT6: DMA2 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL7: DMA2 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT7: DMA2 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL8: DMA2 Channel8 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT8: DMA2 Channel8 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL9: DMA2 Channel9 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT9: DMA2 Channel9 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL10: DMA2 Channel10 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT10: DMA2 Channel10 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_GL11: DMA2 Channel11 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TC11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_HT11: DMA2 Channel11 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_FLAG_TE11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) == FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((DMAy_FLAG & DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask) == DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred
|
||||
* or not.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL6: DMA2 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT6: DMA2 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL7: DMA2 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT7: DMA2 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL8: DMA2 Channel8 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT8: DMA2 Channel8 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL9: DMA2 Channel9 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT9: DMA2 Channel9 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL10: DMA2 Channel10 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT10: DMA2 Channel10 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE10: DMA2 Channel10 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL11: DMA2 Channel11 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT11: DMA2 Channel11 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* Return : The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) == FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA2->INTFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((DMAy_IT & DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask) == DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA2_EXTEN->INTFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = DMA1->INTFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DMA_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to clear.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL6: DMA2 Channel6 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT6: DMA2 Channel6 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE6: DMA2 Channel6 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL7: DMA2 Channel7 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT7: DMA2 Channel7 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE7: DMA2 Channel7 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL8: DMA2 Channel8 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT8: DMA2 Channel8 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE8: DMA2 Channel8 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL9: DMA2 Channel9 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT9: DMA2 Channel9 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE9: DMA2 Channel9 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL11: DMA2 Channel10 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC11: DMA2 Channel10 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT11: DMA2 Channel10 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE11: DMA2 Channel10 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_GL11: DMA2 Channel11 global flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TC11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer complete flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_HT11: DMA2 Channel11 half transfer flag.
|
||||
* DMA2_IT_TE11: DMA2 Channel11 transfer error flag.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) == FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2->INTFCR = DMAy_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((DMAy_IT & DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask) == DMA2_EXTEN_FLAG_Mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA2_EXTEN->INTFCR = DMAy_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA1->INTFCR = DMAy_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
118
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dvp.c
Normal file
118
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_dvp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_dvp.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the DVP firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_dvp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DVP_INTCfg
|
||||
* Description : DVP interrupt configuration
|
||||
* Input : s: interrupt enable
|
||||
ENABLE
|
||||
DISABLE
|
||||
i: interrupt type
|
||||
RB_DVP_IE_STP_FRM
|
||||
RB_DVP_IE_FIFO_OV
|
||||
RB_DVP_IE_FRM_DONE
|
||||
RB_DVP_IE_ROW_DONE
|
||||
RB_DVP_IE_STR_FRM
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DVP_INTCfg( uint8_t s, uint8_t i )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(s){
|
||||
DVP->IER |= i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
DVP->IER &= ~i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DVP_Mode
|
||||
* Description : DVP mode
|
||||
* Input : s: data bit width
|
||||
RB_DVP_D8_MOD
|
||||
RB_DVP_D10_MOD
|
||||
RB_DVP_D12_MOD
|
||||
i: data mode
|
||||
Video_Mode
|
||||
JPEG_Mode
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DVP_Mode( uint8_t s, DVP_Data_ModeTypeDef i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DVP->CR0 &= ~RB_DVP_MSK_DAT_MOD;
|
||||
|
||||
if(s){
|
||||
DVP->CR0 |= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
DVP->CR0 &= ~(3<<4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(i){
|
||||
DVP->CR0 |= RB_DVP_JPEG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
DVP->CR0 &= ~RB_DVP_JPEG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : DVP_Cfg
|
||||
* Description : DVP configuration
|
||||
* Input : s: DMA enable control
|
||||
DVP_DMA_Enable
|
||||
DVP_DMA_Disable
|
||||
i: DVP all clear
|
||||
DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESET_Enable
|
||||
DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESET_Disable
|
||||
j: receive reset enable
|
||||
DVP_RX_RESET_Enable
|
||||
DVP_RX_RESET_Disable
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void DVP_Cfg( DVP_DMATypeDef s, DVP_FLAG_FIFO_RESETTypeDef i, DVP_RX_RESETTypeDef j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch( s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DVP_DMA_Enable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 |= RB_DVP_DMA_EN;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DVP_DMA_Disable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 &= ~RB_DVP_DMA_EN;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch( i )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DVP_RX_RESET_Enable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 |= RB_DVP_ALL_CLR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DVP_RX_RESET_Disable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 &= ~RB_DVP_ALL_CLR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch( j )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DVP_RX_RESET_Enable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 |= RB_DVP_RCV_CLR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DVP_RX_RESET_Disable:
|
||||
DVP->CR1 &= ~RB_DVP_RCV_CLR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
2280
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_eth.c
Normal file
2280
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_eth.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
157
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_exti.c
Normal file
157
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_exti.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_exti.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the EXTI firmware functions.
|
||||
***************************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_exti.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* No interrupt selected */
|
||||
#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000)
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->INTENR = 0x00000000;
|
||||
EXTI->EVENR = 0x00000000;
|
||||
EXTI->RTENR = 0x00000000;
|
||||
EXTI->FTENR = 0x00000000;
|
||||
EXTI->INTFR = 0x000FFFFF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->INTENR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
EXTI->EVENR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
EXTI->RTENR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
EXTI->FTENR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->RTENR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
EXTI->FTENR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
|
||||
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger;
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt
|
||||
* Description : Generates a Software interrupt.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->SWIEVR |= EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Return : The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
if ((EXTI->INTFR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->INTFR = EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Return : The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
enablestatus = EXTI->INTENR & EXTI_Line;
|
||||
if (((EXTI->INTFR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : EXTI_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI->INTFR = EXTI_Line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,895 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_flash.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the FLASH firmware functions.
|
||||
***************************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_flash.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
|
||||
#define ACR_LATENCY_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000038)
|
||||
#define ACR_HLFCYA_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF7)
|
||||
#define ACR_PRFTBE_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFEF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
|
||||
#define ACR_PRFTBS_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flash Control Register bits */
|
||||
#define CR_PG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define CR_PG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFE)
|
||||
#define CR_PER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define CR_PER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFD)
|
||||
#define CR_MER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define CR_MER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFB)
|
||||
#define CR_OPTPG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define CR_OPTPG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FEF)
|
||||
#define CR_OPTER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
#define CR_OPTER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FDF)
|
||||
#define CR_STRT_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define CR_LOCK_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
#define CR_FAST_LOCK_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
|
||||
#define CR_PAGE_PG ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
|
||||
#define CR_PAGE_ER ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
|
||||
#define CR_BER32 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
|
||||
#define CR_BER64 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
|
||||
#define CR_PG_STRT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH Status Register bits */
|
||||
#define SR_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define SR_WR_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define SR_WRPRTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
|
||||
#define SR_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH Mask */
|
||||
#define RDPRT_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
|
||||
#define WRP0_Mask ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
|
||||
#define WRP1_Mask ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
|
||||
#define WRP2_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
|
||||
#define WRP3_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
|
||||
#define OB_USER_BFB2 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH Keys */
|
||||
#define RDP_Key ((uint16_t)0x00A5)
|
||||
#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123)
|
||||
#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH BANK address */
|
||||
#define FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x807FFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Delay definition */
|
||||
#define EraseTimeout ((uint32_t)0x000B0000)
|
||||
#define ProgramTimeout ((uint32_t)0x00005000)
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_SetLatency
|
||||
* Description : Sets the code latency value.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value.
|
||||
* FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle
|
||||
* FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle
|
||||
* FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = FLASH->ACTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= ACR_LATENCY_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency;
|
||||
FLASH->ACTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode.
|
||||
* FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable
|
||||
* FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->ACTLR &= ACR_HLFCYA_Mask;
|
||||
FLASH->ACTLR |= FLASH_HalfCycleAccess;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_PrefetchBuffer: specifies the Prefetch buffer status.
|
||||
* FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable
|
||||
* FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->ACTLR &= ACR_PRFTBE_Mask;
|
||||
FLASH->ACTLR |= FLASH_PrefetchBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_Unlock
|
||||
* Description : Unlocks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_UnlockBank1
|
||||
* Description : Unlocks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
|
||||
* equivalent to FLASH_Unlock function.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_Lock
|
||||
* Description : Locks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_LockBank1
|
||||
* Description : Locks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_LockBank1(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ErasePage
|
||||
* Description : Erases a specified FLASH page(page size 4KB).
|
||||
* Input : Page_Address: The page address to be erased.
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR|= CR_PER_Set;
|
||||
FLASH->ADDR = Page_Address;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR|= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_PER_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EraseAllPages
|
||||
* Description : Erases all FLASH pages.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_MER_Set;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_MER_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages
|
||||
* Description : Erases all Bank1 FLASH pages.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_MER_Set;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_MER_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EraseOptionBytes
|
||||
* Description : Erases the FLASH option bytes.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t rdptmp = RDP_Key;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
if(FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus() != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rdptmp = 0x00;
|
||||
}
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
|
||||
OB->RDPR = (uint16_t)rdptmp;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramWord
|
||||
* Description : Programs a word at a specified address.
|
||||
* Input : Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_PG_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = Address + 2;
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_PG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_PG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramHalfWord
|
||||
* Description : Programs a half word at a specified address.
|
||||
* Input : Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_PG_Set;
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_PG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData
|
||||
* Description : Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
|
||||
* Input : Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EnableWriteProtection
|
||||
* Description : Write protects the desired pages
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_Pages: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH_Pages = (uint32_t)(~FLASH_Pages);
|
||||
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(FLASH_Pages & WRP0_Mask);
|
||||
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP1_Mask) >> 8);
|
||||
WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP2_Mask) >> 16);
|
||||
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP3_Mask) >> 24);
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
|
||||
if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRPR0 = WRP0_Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRPR1 = WRP1_Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRPR2 = WRP2_Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE)&& (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->WRPR3 = WRP3_Data;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ReadOutProtection
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the read out protection.
|
||||
* Input : Newstate: new state of the ReadOut Protection(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
|
||||
if(NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->RDPR = 0x00;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
OB->RDPR = RDP_Key;
|
||||
}
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig
|
||||
* Description : Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
|
||||
* Input : OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode
|
||||
* OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
|
||||
* OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
|
||||
* OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
|
||||
* OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
|
||||
* OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
|
||||
* OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
|
||||
* OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
|
||||
* OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OBKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
OB->USER = OB_IWDG | (uint16_t)(OB_STOP | (uint16_t)(OB_STDBY | ((uint16_t)0xF8)));
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
|
||||
if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetUserOptionByte
|
||||
* Description : Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : The FLASH User Option Bytes values:IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
|
||||
* and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint32_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte
|
||||
* Description : Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WPR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the FLASH Read Out Protection Status is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET)
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus readoutstatus = RESET;
|
||||
if ((FLASH->OBR & RDPRT_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
readoutstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
readoutstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return readoutstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the FLASH Prefetch Buffer status is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((FLASH->ACTLR & ACR_PRFTBS_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* FLASH_IT_ERROR: FLASH Error Interrupt
|
||||
* FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt
|
||||
* NewState: new state of the specified Flash interrupts(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= FLASH_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR: FLASH Option Byte error flag
|
||||
* Return : The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the FLASH's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
* FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->STATR = FLASH_FLAG;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetStatus
|
||||
* Description : Returns the FLASH Status.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return flashstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_GetBank1Status
|
||||
* Description : Returns the FLASH Bank1 Status.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->STATR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return flashstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_WaitForLastOperation
|
||||
* Description : Waits for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
|
||||
* Input : Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
|
||||
while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
|
||||
Timeout--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(Timeout == 0x00 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation
|
||||
* Description : Waits for a Flash operation on Bank1 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
|
||||
* Input : Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
|
||||
* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
|
||||
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
|
||||
|
||||
status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
|
||||
while((status == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
|
||||
Timeout--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(Timeout == 0x00 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_Unlock_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Unlocks the Fast Program Erase Mode.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_Unlock_Fast(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fast program mode unlock */
|
||||
FLASH->MODEKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->MODEKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_Lock_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Locks the Fast Program Erase Mode.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_Lock_Fast(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ErasePage_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Erases a specified FLASH page (1page = 256Byte).
|
||||
* Input : Page_Address: The page address to be erased.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_ErasePage_Fast(uint32_t Page_Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Page_Address &= 0xFFFFFF00;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_PAGE_ER;
|
||||
FLASH->ADDR = Page_Address;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_BSY);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= ~CR_PAGE_ER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EraseBlock_32K_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Erases a specified FLASH Block (1Block = 32KByte).
|
||||
* Input : Block_Address: The block address to be erased.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_EraseBlock_32K_Fast(uint32_t Block_Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Block_Address &= 0xFFFF8000;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_BER32;
|
||||
FLASH->ADDR = Block_Address;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_BSY);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= ~CR_BER32;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_EraseBlock_64K_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Erases a specified FLASH Block (1Block = 64KByte).
|
||||
* Input : Block_Address: The block address to be erased.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_EraseBlock_64K_Fast(uint32_t Block_Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Block_Address &= 0xFFFF0000;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_BER64;
|
||||
FLASH->ADDR = Block_Address;
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_STRT_Set;
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_BSY);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= ~CR_BER64;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramPage_Fast
|
||||
* Description : Program a specified FLASH page (1page = 256Byte).
|
||||
* Input : Page_Address: The page address to be programed.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FLASH_ProgramPage_Fast(uint32_t Page_Address, uint32_t*pbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t size=64;
|
||||
|
||||
Page_Address &= 0xFFFFFF00;
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_PAGE_PG;
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_BSY);
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_WR_BSY);
|
||||
|
||||
while(size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint32_t*)Page_Address = *(uint32_t*)pbuf;
|
||||
Page_Address += 4;
|
||||
pbuf += 1;
|
||||
size -= 1;
|
||||
while (FLASH->STATR & SR_WR_BSY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR |= CR_PG_STRT;
|
||||
while(FLASH->STATR & SR_BSY);
|
||||
FLASH->CTLR &= ~CR_PAGE_PG;
|
||||
}
|
653
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_fsmc.c
Normal file
653
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_fsmc.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_fsmc.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_fsmc.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC BCRx Mask */
|
||||
#define BCR_MBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
|
||||
#define BCR_MBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE)
|
||||
#define BCR_FACCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* FSMC PCRx Mask */
|
||||
#define PCR_PBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
|
||||
#define PCR_PBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB)
|
||||
#define PCR_ECCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
|
||||
#define PCR_ECCEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF)
|
||||
#define PCR_MemoryType_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank:
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1.
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2.
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3.
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NANDDeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank:
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND.
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDDeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMInit
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct:pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC NOR/SRAM
|
||||
* specified Banks.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
|
||||
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst;
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] =
|
||||
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
|
||||
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )|
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NANDInit
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC
|
||||
* NAND specified Banks.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000;
|
||||
|
||||
tmppcr = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
|
||||
PCR_MemoryType_NAND |
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC |
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize |
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )|
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
|
||||
|
||||
tmppmem = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
|
||||
|
||||
tmppatt = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
|
||||
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem;
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDInit
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC
|
||||
* PCCARD Bank.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
|
||||
FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
|
||||
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
|
||||
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NANDStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NANDCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank.
|
||||
* Input : NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_NANDECCCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_GetECC
|
||||
* Description : Returns the error correction code register value.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : eccval<61><6C>The Error Correction Code (ECC) value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000;
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return(eccval);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
|
||||
* FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag.
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus<75><73> The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET )
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the FSMC's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
|
||||
* FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
|
||||
* Return : None.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
|
||||
* FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : ITStatus<75><73>The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT;
|
||||
|
||||
itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3);
|
||||
if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : FSMC_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
|
||||
* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
|
||||
* FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
490
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_gpio.c
Normal file
490
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_gpio.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_gpio.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the GPIO firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_gpio.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* MASK */
|
||||
#define ECR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
|
||||
#define LSB_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)
|
||||
#define DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)
|
||||
#define DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF)
|
||||
#define DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
|
||||
#define DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_AFIODeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap, event control
|
||||
* and EXTI configuration) registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_Init
|
||||
* Description : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t currentmode = 0x00, currentpin = 0x00, pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, pinmask = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
currentmode = ((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x0F);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x10)) != 0x00)
|
||||
{
|
||||
currentmode |= (uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin & ((uint32_t)0x00FF)) != 0x00)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = GPIOx->CFGLR;
|
||||
|
||||
for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos;
|
||||
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos;
|
||||
|
||||
if (currentpin == pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pos = pinpos << 2;
|
||||
pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BCR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSHR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
GPIOx->CFGLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin > 0x00FF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = GPIOx->CFGHR;
|
||||
|
||||
for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pos = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
|
||||
currentpin = ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (currentpin == pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pos = pinpos << 2;
|
||||
pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BCR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSHR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
GPIOx->CFGHR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ReadInputDataBit
|
||||
* Description : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : The input port pin value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIOx->INDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ReadInputData
|
||||
* Description : Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : The output port pin value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->INDR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit
|
||||
* Description : Reads the specified output data port bit.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : The output port pin value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIOx->OUTDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ReadOutputData
|
||||
* Description : Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : GPIO output port pin value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->OUTDR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_SetBits
|
||||
* Description : Sets the selected data port bits.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSHR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ResetBits
|
||||
* Description : Clears the selected data port bits.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BCR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_WriteBit
|
||||
* Description : Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
|
||||
* Bit_SetL: to clear the port pin.
|
||||
* Bit_SetH: to set the port pin.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (BitVal != Bit_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSHR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BCR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_Write
|
||||
* Description : Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->OUTDR = PortVal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_PinLockConfig
|
||||
* Description : Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
|
||||
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
|
||||
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_EventOutputConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the GPIO pin used as Event output.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source
|
||||
* for Event output.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..E).
|
||||
* GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Event output.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = AFIO->ECR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= ECR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource << 0x04;
|
||||
tmpreg |= GPIO_PinSource;
|
||||
AFIO->ECR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_EventOutputCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Event Output.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->ECR |= (1<<7);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->ECR &= ~(1<<7);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_PinRemapConfig
|
||||
* Description : Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap.
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_SPI1: SPI1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_I2C1: I2C1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_USART1: USART1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_USART2: USART2 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3: USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_FullRemap_USART3: USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1: TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1: TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2: TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2: TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2: TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3: TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3: TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_TIM4: TIM4 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap1_CAN1: CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap2_CAN1: CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_PD01: PD01 Alternate Function mapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ: ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG: ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST: Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable: JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable: Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP)
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF: Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame)
|
||||
* connected to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration (only for Connectivity line devices).If the
|
||||
* is enabled the TIM2 ITR1 is connected to Ethernet PTP output. When Reset TIM2 ITR1 is connected
|
||||
* to USB OTG SOF output.
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA: TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices)
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA: TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices)
|
||||
* GPIO_Remap_MISC: Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping,
|
||||
* only for High density Value line devices)
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00, tmp1 = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = AFIO->PCFR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg = AFIO->PCFR1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmpmask = (GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK) >> 0x10;
|
||||
tmp = GPIO_Remap & LSB_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Remap & (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) == (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
|
||||
AFIO->PCFR1 &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) == DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp1 = ((uint32_t)0x03) << tmpmask;
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~tmp1;
|
||||
tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~(tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
|
||||
tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg |= (tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->PCFR2 = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->PCFR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_EXTILineConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source for EXTI lines.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..G).
|
||||
* GPIO_PinSource: specifies the EXTI line to be configured.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03));
|
||||
AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] &= ~tmp;
|
||||
AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the Ethernet media interface.
|
||||
* Input : GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode.
|
||||
* GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode
|
||||
* GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->PCFR1 |= (1<<23);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
AFIO->PCFR1 &= ~(1<<23);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
883
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_i2c.c
Normal file
883
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_i2c.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,883 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_i2c.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the I2C firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_i2c.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C SPE mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_PE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_PE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C START mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_START_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_START_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C STOP mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_STOP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_STOP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFDFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ACK mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ENGC mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENGC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENGC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C SWRST mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_SWRST_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_SWRST_Reset ((uint16_t)0x7FFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C PEC mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_PEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_PEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ENPEC mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENPEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENPEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ENARP mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENARP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_ENARP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C NOSTRETCH mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_NOSTRETCH_Set ((uint16_t)0x0080)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF7F)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C registers Masks */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFBF5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C DMAEN mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_DMAEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
#define CTLR2_DMAEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C LAST mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_LAST_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
#define CTLR2_LAST_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C FREQ mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_FREQ_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFC0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ADD0 mask */
|
||||
#define OADDR1_ADD0_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define OADDR1_ADD0_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ENDUAL mask */
|
||||
#define OADDR2_ENDUAL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001)
|
||||
#define OADDR2_ENDUAL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C ADD2 mask */
|
||||
#define OADDR2_ADD2_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF01)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C F/S mask */
|
||||
#define CKCFGR_FS_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C CCR mask */
|
||||
#define CKCFGR_CCR_Set ((uint16_t)0x0FFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C FLAG mask */
|
||||
#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */
|
||||
#define ITEN_Mask ((uint32_t)0x07000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the I2C_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0;
|
||||
uint16_t result = 0x04;
|
||||
uint32_t pclk1 = 8000000;
|
||||
|
||||
RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = I2Cx->CTLR2;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR2_FREQ_Reset;
|
||||
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
|
||||
pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
|
||||
freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000);
|
||||
tmpreg |= freqrange;
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_PE_Reset;
|
||||
tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1));
|
||||
|
||||
if (result < 0x04)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = 0x04;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg |= result;
|
||||
I2Cx->RTR = freqrange + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25));
|
||||
result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((result & CKCFGR_CCR_Set) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result |= (uint16_t)0x0001;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | CKCFGR_FS_Set);
|
||||
I2Cx->RTR = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
I2Cx->CKCFGR = tmpreg;
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_PE_Set;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = I2Cx->CTLR1;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack);
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
I2Cx->OADDR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_PE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_PE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_DMACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 |= CTLR2_DMAEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_DMAEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_DMALastTransferCmd
|
||||
* Description : Specifies if the next DMA transfer will be the last one.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 |= CTLR2_LAST_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_LAST_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTART
|
||||
* Description : Generates I2Cx communication START condition.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_START_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_START_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTOP
|
||||
* Description : Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_STOP_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_STOP_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_AcknowledgeConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_ACK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_ACK_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_OwnAddress2Config
|
||||
* Description : Configures the specified I2C own address2.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = I2Cx->OADDR2;
|
||||
tmpreg &= OADDR2_ADD2_Reset;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE);
|
||||
I2Cx->OADDR2 = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_DualAddressCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->OADDR2 |= OADDR2_ENDUAL_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->OADDR2 &= OADDR2_ENDUAL_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GeneralCallCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_ENGC_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_ENGC_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 |= I2C_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_SendData
|
||||
* Description : Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Data: Byte to be transmitted.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->DATAR = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ReceiveData
|
||||
* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : The value of the received data.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DATAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_Send7bitAddress
|
||||
* Description : Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted.
|
||||
* I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a
|
||||
* Transmitter or a Receiver.
|
||||
* I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode.
|
||||
* I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Address |= OADDR1_ADD0_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Address &= OADDR1_ADD0_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
I2Cx->DATAR = Address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ReadRegister
|
||||
* Description : Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_CTLR1.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_CTLR2.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_OADDR1.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_OADDR2.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_DATAR.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_STAR1.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_STAR2.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_CKCFGR.
|
||||
* I2C_Register_RTR.
|
||||
* Return : The value of the received data.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx;
|
||||
tmp += I2C_Register;
|
||||
|
||||
return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_SoftwareResetCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_SWRST_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_SWRST_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_NACKPositionConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position.
|
||||
* I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be
|
||||
* the last received byte.
|
||||
* I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the
|
||||
* last received byte.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_SMBusAlertConfig
|
||||
* Description : Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level.
|
||||
* I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low.
|
||||
* I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_TransmitPEC
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_PEC_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_PEC_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_PECPositionConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the specified I2C PEC position.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position.
|
||||
* I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC.
|
||||
* I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_CalculatePEC
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_ENPEC_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_ENPEC_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GetPEC
|
||||
* Description : Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : The PEC value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((I2Cx->STAR2) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ARPCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : The PEC value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_ENARP_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_ENARP_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_StretchClockCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState == DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_NOSTRETCH_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle.
|
||||
* I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2.
|
||||
* I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CKCFGR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2Cx->CKCFGR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_CheckEvent
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
|
||||
* as parameter.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2.
|
||||
* (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV2.
|
||||
* (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV2.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3.
|
||||
* (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV3.
|
||||
* (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3_2.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING : EV8.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8_2.
|
||||
* I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9.
|
||||
* Return : ErrorStatus: SUCCESS or ERROR.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t lastevent = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
flag1 = I2Cx->STAR1;
|
||||
flag2 = I2Cx->STAR2;
|
||||
flag2 = flag2 << 16;
|
||||
|
||||
lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GetLastEvent
|
||||
* Description : Returns the last I2Cx Event.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : The last event.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t lastevent = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
flag1 = I2Cx->STAR1;
|
||||
flag2 = I2Cx->STAR2;
|
||||
flag2 = flag2 << 16;
|
||||
lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
return lastevent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
|
||||
* as parameter.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
|
||||
* Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDA".
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
__IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx;
|
||||
i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28;
|
||||
I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
if(i2creg != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i2cxbase += 0x14;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16);
|
||||
i2cxbase += 0x18;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the I2Cx's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag.
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t flagpos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
I2Cx->STAR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* II2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" Address matched
|
||||
* flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD".
|
||||
* I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_Mask) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CTLR2)) ;
|
||||
I2C_IT &= FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
if (((I2Cx->STAR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2C_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the I2Cx interrupt pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
|
||||
* I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt.
|
||||
* I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode).
|
||||
* I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t flagpos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_Mask;
|
||||
I2Cx->STAR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
109
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_iwdg.c
Normal file
109
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_iwdg.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_iwdg.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_iwdg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* CTLR register bit mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR_KEY_Reload ((uint16_t)0xAAAA)
|
||||
#define CTLR_KEY_Enable ((uint16_t)0xCCCC)
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_WriteAccessCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PSCR and IWDG_RLDR registers.
|
||||
* Input : WDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PSCR and
|
||||
* IWDG_RLDR registers.
|
||||
* IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PSCR and
|
||||
* IWDG_RLDR registers.
|
||||
* IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PSCR
|
||||
* and IWDG_RLDR registers.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IWDG->CTLR = IWDG_WriteAccess;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_SetPrescaler
|
||||
* Description : Sets IWDG Prescaler value.
|
||||
* Input : IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128.
|
||||
* IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IWDG->PSCR = IWDG_Prescaler;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_SetReload
|
||||
* Description : Sets IWDG Reload value.
|
||||
* Input : Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value.
|
||||
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IWDG->RLDR = Reload;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_ReloadCounter
|
||||
* Description : Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IWDG->CTLR = CTLR_KEY_Reload;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_Enable
|
||||
* Description : Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PSCR and IWDG_RLDR registers disabled).
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void IWDG_Enable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IWDG->CTLR = CTLR_KEY_Enable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : IWDG_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going.
|
||||
* IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((IWDG->STATR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
102
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_misc.c
Normal file
102
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_misc.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_misc.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions .
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_misc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t NVIC_Priority_Group = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority.
|
||||
* Input : NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length.
|
||||
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
|
||||
* 4 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
|
||||
* 3 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
|
||||
* 2 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
|
||||
* 1 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
|
||||
* 0 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_Priority_Group = NVIC_PriorityGroup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : NVIC_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified parameters in
|
||||
* the NVIC_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains the
|
||||
* configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************************/
|
||||
void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t tmppre = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(NVIC_Priority_Group == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority<<4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(NVIC_Priority_Group == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (1<<7)|(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (0<<7)|(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(NVIC_Priority_Group == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmppre = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority + (4*NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority);
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (0<<7)|(tmppre<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmppre = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority + (4*(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority-2));
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (1<<7)|(tmppre<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(NVIC_Priority_Group == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority <= 3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmppre = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority + (2*NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority);
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (0<<7)|(tmppre<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmppre = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority + (2*(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority-4));
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, (1<<7)|(tmppre<<4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(NVIC_Priority_Group == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority( NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel, NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority<<4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_opa.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the OPA firmware functions.
|
||||
***************************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_opa.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define OPA_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F)
|
||||
#define OPA_Total_NUM 4
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : OPA_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the OPA peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void OPA_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA->CR=0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : OPA_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the OPA peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the OPA_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : OPA_InitStruct: pointer to a OPA_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void OPA_Init(OPA_InitTypeDef* OPA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp=0;
|
||||
tmp=OPA->CR;
|
||||
tmp &=~(OPA_MASK<<(OPA_InitStruct->OPA_NUM*OPA_Total_NUM));
|
||||
tmp |= (( (OPA_InitStruct->PSEL<<OPA_PSEL_OFFSET)
|
||||
|(OPA_InitStruct->NSEL<<OPA_NSEL_OFFSET)
|
||||
|(OPA_InitStruct->Mode<<OPA_MODE_OFFSET))<<(OPA_InitStruct->OPA_NUM*OPA_Total_NUM));
|
||||
OPA->CR=tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : OPA_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each OPA_StructInit member with its reset value.
|
||||
* Input : OPA_StructInit: pointer to a OPA_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void OPA_StructInit(OPA_InitTypeDef* OPA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA_InitStruct->Mode = OUT_IO;
|
||||
OPA_InitStruct->PSEL = CHP0;
|
||||
OPA_InitStruct->NSEL = CHN0;
|
||||
OPA_InitStruct->OPA_NUM = OPA1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : OPA_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified OPA peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : OPA_NUM : Select OPA
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void OPA_Cmd(OPA_Num_TypeDef OPA_NUM, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState==ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA->CR |= (1<<(OPA_NUM*OPA_Total_NUM));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
OPA->CR &= ~(1<<(OPA_NUM*OPA_Total_NUM));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
328
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_pwr.c
Normal file
328
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_pwr.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_pwr.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the PWR firmware functions.
|
||||
********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_pwr.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* PWR registers bit mask */
|
||||
/* CTLR register bit mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
|
||||
#define CTLR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F)
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_BackupAccessCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers,
|
||||
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR |= (1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR &= ~(1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_PVDCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* Input : NewState: new state of the PVD(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR |= (1<<4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR &= ~(1<<4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_PVDLevelConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage
|
||||
* Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* Input : PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V2: PVD detection level set to 2.2V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V3: PVD detection level set to 2.3V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V4: PVD detection level set to 2.4V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V5: PVD detection level set to 2.5V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V6: PVD detection level set to 2.6V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V7: PVD detection level set to 2.7V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V8: PVD detection level set to 2.8V
|
||||
* PWR_PVDLevel_2V9: PVD detection level set to 2.9V
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR_PLS_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel;
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_WakeUpPinCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWR->CSR |= (1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
PWR->CSR &= ~(1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTOPMode
|
||||
* Description : Enters STOP mode.
|
||||
* Input : PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR_DS_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR &=~ (1<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
|
||||
* Description : Enters STANDBY mode.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR |= PWR_CTLR_CWUF;
|
||||
PWR->CTLR |= PWR_CTLR_PDDS;
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
|
||||
* PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
|
||||
* PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output
|
||||
* Return : The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the PWR's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
|
||||
* PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWR->CTLR |= PWR_FLAG << 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM
|
||||
* Description : Enters STOP mode with RAM data retention function on.
|
||||
* Input : PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR_DS_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
|
||||
|
||||
//2K+30K in standby w power.
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<16)|(0x1<<17);
|
||||
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR &=~ (1<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM_LV
|
||||
* Description : Enters STOP mode with RAM data retention function and LV mode on.
|
||||
* Input : PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode_RAM_LV(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR_DS_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
|
||||
|
||||
//2K+30K in standby w power.
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<16)|(0x1<<17);
|
||||
//LV bit on.
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<20);
|
||||
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR &=~ (1<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM
|
||||
* Description : Enters STANDBY mode with RAM data retention function on.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_CTLR_CWUF;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_CTLR_PDDS;
|
||||
|
||||
//2K+30K in standby w power.
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<16)|(0x1<<17);
|
||||
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM_LV
|
||||
* Description : Enters STANDBY mode with RAM data retention function and LV mode on.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode_RAM_LV(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CTLR;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_CTLR_CWUF;
|
||||
tmpreg |= PWR_CTLR_PDDS;
|
||||
|
||||
//2K+30K in standby power.
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<16)|(0x1<<17);
|
||||
//2K+30K in standby LV .
|
||||
tmpreg |= (0x1<<20);
|
||||
|
||||
PWR->CTLR = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC->SCTLR |= (1<<2);
|
||||
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
1235
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rcc.c
Normal file
1235
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rcc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
132
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rng.c
Normal file
132
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rng.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_rng.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the RNG firmware functions.
|
||||
********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rng.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the RNG peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_RNGEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_RNGEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_GetRandomNumber
|
||||
* Description : Returns a 32-bit random number.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : 32-bit random number.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return RNG->DR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the RNG interrupt.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_IE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_IE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified RNG flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : RNG_FLAG: specifies the RNG flag to check.
|
||||
* RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data Ready flag.
|
||||
* RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag.
|
||||
* RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag.
|
||||
* Return : bitstatus<75><73>SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((RNG->SR & RNG_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the RNG flags.
|
||||
* Input : RNG_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag.
|
||||
* RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->SR = ~(uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RNG_FLAG) << 4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified RNG interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt.
|
||||
* RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : bitstatus<75><73>SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((RNG->SR & RNG_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RNG_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the RNG interrupt pending bit(s).
|
||||
* Input : RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt pending bit(s) to clear.
|
||||
* RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt.
|
||||
* RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNG->SR = (uint8_t)~RNG_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
244
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rtc.c
Normal file
244
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_rtc.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_rtc.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the RTC firmware functions.
|
||||
********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rtc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC_Private_Defines */
|
||||
#define RTC_LSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* RTC LSB Mask */
|
||||
#define PRLH_MSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) /* RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
|
||||
* Return : NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts(ENABLE or DISABLE).
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRH |= RTC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRH &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_EnterConfigMode
|
||||
* Description : Enters the RTC configuration mode.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRL |= RTC_CTLRL_CNF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_ExitConfigMode
|
||||
* Description : Exits from the RTC configuration mode.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRL &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)RTC_CTLRL_CNF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_GetCounter
|
||||
* Description : Gets the RTC counter value
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : RTC counter value
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t high1 = 0, high2 = 0, low = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
high1 = RTC->CNTH;
|
||||
low = RTC->CNTL;
|
||||
high2 = RTC->CNTH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (high1 != high2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((uint32_t) high2 << 16 ) | RTC->CNTL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((uint32_t) high1 << 16 ) | low);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_SetCounter
|
||||
* Description : Sets the RTC counter value.
|
||||
* Input : CounterValue: RTC counter new value.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
|
||||
RTC->CNTH = CounterValue >> 16;
|
||||
RTC->CNTL = (CounterValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
|
||||
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_SetPrescaler
|
||||
* Description : Sets the RTC prescaler value
|
||||
* Input : PrescalerValue: RTC prescaler new value
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
|
||||
RTC->PSCRH = (PrescalerValue & PRLH_MSB_MASK) >> 16;
|
||||
RTC->PSCRL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
|
||||
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_SetAlarm
|
||||
* Description : Sets the RTC alarm value
|
||||
* Input : AlarmValue: RTC alarm new value
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
|
||||
RTC->ALRMH = AlarmValue >> 16;
|
||||
RTC->ALRML = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
|
||||
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_GetDivider
|
||||
* Description : Gets the RTC divider value
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : RTC Divider value
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
|
||||
tmp = ((uint32_t)RTC->DIVH & (uint32_t)0x000F) << 16;
|
||||
tmp |= RTC->DIVL;
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_WaitForLastTask
|
||||
* Description : Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((RTC->CTLRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_WaitForSynchro
|
||||
* Description : Waits until the RTC registers
|
||||
* are synchronized with RTC APB clock
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG_RSF;
|
||||
while ((RTC->CTLRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not
|
||||
* Input : RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
|
||||
* Return : The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET)
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
if ((RTC->CTLRL & RTC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the RTC's pending flags
|
||||
* Input : RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not
|
||||
* Input : RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second interrupt
|
||||
* Return : The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET)
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
bitstatus = (ITStatus)(RTC->CTLRL & RTC_IT);
|
||||
if (((RTC->CTLRH & RTC_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint16_t)RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : RTC_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits
|
||||
* Input : RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm interrupt
|
||||
* RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second interrupt
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC->CTLRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
574
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_sdio.c
Normal file
574
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_sdio.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_SDIO.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the SDIO firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_sdio.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
|
||||
|
||||
/* CLKCR register clear mask */
|
||||
#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */
|
||||
#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */
|
||||
#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08)
|
||||
|
||||
/* CMD Register clear mask */
|
||||
#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */
|
||||
#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14))
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->POWER = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->CLKCR = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->ARG = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->CMD = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->DTIMER = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->DLEN = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->DCTRL = 0x00000000;
|
||||
SDIO->ICR = 0x00C007FF;
|
||||
SDIO->MASK = 0x00000000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave |
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide |
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl);
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00;
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising;
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable;
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable;
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b;
|
||||
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_ClockCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO Clock.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->CLKCR |= (1<<8);
|
||||
else SDIO->CLKCR &= ~(1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SetPowerState
|
||||
* Description : Sets the power status of the controller.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state.
|
||||
* SDIO_PowerState_OFF
|
||||
* SDIO_PowerState_ON
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->POWER &= PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK;
|
||||
SDIO->POWER |= SDIO_PowerState;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetPowerState
|
||||
* Description : Gets the power status of the controller.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return :
|
||||
* - 0x00: Power OFF
|
||||
* - 0x02: Power UP
|
||||
* - 0x03: Power ON
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : DIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXOVERR
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDREND
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDSENT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DATAEND
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_STBITERR
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DBCKEND
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDACT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXACT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXACT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXDAVL
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXDAVL
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_SDIOIT
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CEATAEND
|
||||
* NewState:ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_DMACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request.
|
||||
* Input : NewState:ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->DCTRL |= (1<<3);
|
||||
else SDIO->DCTRL &= ~(1<<3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SendCommand
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = SDIO->CMD;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response
|
||||
| SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM;
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->CMD = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_CmdStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00;
|
||||
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00;
|
||||
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No;
|
||||
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No;
|
||||
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetCommandResponse
|
||||
* Description : Returns command index of last command for which response received.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : Returns the command index of the last command response received.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetResponse
|
||||
* Description : Returns response received from the card for the last command.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register.
|
||||
* SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1
|
||||
* SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2
|
||||
* SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3
|
||||
* SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4
|
||||
* Return : Returns the command index of the last command response received.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
|
||||
|
||||
return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_DataConfig
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut;
|
||||
SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength;
|
||||
tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL;
|
||||
tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir
|
||||
| SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM;
|
||||
|
||||
SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_DataStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00;
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b;
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard;
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block;
|
||||
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetDataCounter
|
||||
* Description : Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SDIO->DCOUNT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_ReadData
|
||||
* Description : Read one data word from Rx FIFO.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : Data received
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SDIO->FIFO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_WriteData
|
||||
* Description : Write one data word to Tx FIFO.
|
||||
* Input : Data: 32-bit data word to write.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->FIFO = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetFIFOCount
|
||||
* Description : Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO.
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : Remaining number of words.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SDIO->FIFOCNT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait
|
||||
* Description : Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
|
||||
* Input : NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->DCTRL |= (1<<8);
|
||||
else SDIO->DCTRL &= ~(1<<8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait
|
||||
* Description : Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
|
||||
* Input : NewState<74><65>ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->DCTRL |= (1<<9);
|
||||
else SDIO->DCTRL &= ~(1<<9);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode
|
||||
* Description : Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
|
||||
* SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK
|
||||
* SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(SDIO_ReadWaitMode) SDIO->DCTRL |= (1<<10);
|
||||
else SDIO->DCTRL &= ~(1<<10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SetSDIOOperation
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->DCTRL |= (1<<11);
|
||||
else SDIO->DCTRL &= ~(1<<11);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->CMD |= (1<<11);
|
||||
else SDIO->CMD &= ~(1<<11);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the command completion signal.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->CMD |= (1<<12);
|
||||
else SDIO->CMD &= ~(1<<12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_CEATAITCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt.
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->CMD |= (1<<13);
|
||||
else SDIO->CMD &= ~(1<<13);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_SendCEATACmd
|
||||
* Description : Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61).
|
||||
* Input : NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(NewState) SDIO->CMD |= (1<<14);
|
||||
else SDIO->CMD &= ~(1<<14);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
|
||||
* bus mode.
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
|
||||
* Return : ITStatus<75><73>SET or RESET
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the SDIO's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
|
||||
* bus mode
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
|
||||
* SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
|
||||
* bus mode interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt
|
||||
* Return : ITStatus<75><73>SET or RESET
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SDIO_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
|
||||
* bus mode interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
|
||||
* SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT;
|
||||
}
|
587
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_spi.c
Normal file
587
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_spi.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_spi.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the SPI firmware functions.
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_spi.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI SPE mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_SPE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0040)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_SPE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S I2SE mask */
|
||||
#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0400)
|
||||
#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI CRCNext mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CRCNext_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI CRCEN mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CRCEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x2000)
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CRCEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI SSOE mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_SSOE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0004)
|
||||
#define CTLR2_SSOE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFB)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI registers Masks */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0x3040)
|
||||
#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF040)
|
||||
|
||||
/* SPI or I2S mode selection masks */
|
||||
#define SPI_Mode_Select ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
|
||||
#define I2S_Mode_Select ((uint16_t)0x0800)
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S clock source selection masks */
|
||||
#define I2S2_CLOCK_SRC ((uint32_t)(0x00020000))
|
||||
#define I2S3_CLOCK_SRC ((uint32_t)(0x00040000))
|
||||
#define I2S_MUL_MASK ((uint32_t)(0x0000F000))
|
||||
#define I2S_DIV_MASK ((uint32_t)(0x000000F0))
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values (Affects also the I2Ss).
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (SPIx == SPI2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the SPI_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = SPIx->CTLR1;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit);
|
||||
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= SPI_Mode_Select;
|
||||
SPIx->CRCR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2S_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* (configured in I2S mode).
|
||||
* I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral
|
||||
* configured in I2S mode.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
|
||||
uint32_t sourceclock = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002;
|
||||
tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR;
|
||||
|
||||
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
|
||||
i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
packetlength = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
packetlength = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(((uint32_t)SPIx) == SPI2_BASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = I2S2_CLOCK_SRC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = I2S3_CLOCK_SRC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
|
||||
|
||||
sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
|
||||
|
||||
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = tmp / 10;
|
||||
i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
|
||||
i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
|
||||
i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
|
||||
{
|
||||
i2sdiv = 2;
|
||||
i2sodd = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(I2S_Mode_Select | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \
|
||||
(uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \
|
||||
(uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))));
|
||||
SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : SPI_InitStruct : pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2S_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which
|
||||
* will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_SPE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_SPE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : I2S_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->I2SCFGR |= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to be
|
||||
* enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
|
||||
itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos;
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 |= itmask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_DMACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI/I2S DMA transfer request to
|
||||
* be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_SendData
|
||||
* Description : Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* Data : Data to be transmitted.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->DATAR = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ReceiveData
|
||||
* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* Data : Data to be transmitted.
|
||||
* Return : SPIx->DATAR: The value of the received data.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SPIx->DATAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* SPI_NSSInternalSoft:
|
||||
* SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally.
|
||||
* SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_SSOutputCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 |= CTLR2_SSOE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_SSOE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_DataSizeConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures the data size for the selected SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size.
|
||||
* SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit.
|
||||
* SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b;
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= SPI_DataSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_TransmitCRC
|
||||
* Description : Transmit the SPIx CRC value.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_CRCNext_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_CalculateCRC
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_CRCEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_CRCEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_GetCRC
|
||||
* Description : Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read.
|
||||
* SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register.
|
||||
* SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register.
|
||||
* Return : crcreg: The selected CRC register value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t crcreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
crcreg = SPIx->TCRCR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
crcreg = SPIx->RCRCR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return crcreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_GetCRCPolynomial
|
||||
* Description : Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : SPIx->CRCR: The CRC Polynomial register value.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SPIx->CRCR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode
|
||||
* for the specified SPI.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in
|
||||
* bi-directional mode.
|
||||
* SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction.
|
||||
* SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->CTLR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI/I2S flag to check.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag.
|
||||
* SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag.
|
||||
* SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
|
||||
* I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag.
|
||||
* I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((SPIx->STATR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear.
|
||||
* SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPIx->STATR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to check..
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt.
|
||||
* SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt.
|
||||
* SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt.
|
||||
* I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun Error interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
|
||||
itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
|
||||
itmask = 0x01 << itmask;
|
||||
enablestatus = (SPIx->CTLR2 & itmask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
if (((SPIx->STATR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit.
|
||||
* Input : SPIx: where x can be
|
||||
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode.
|
||||
* SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear.
|
||||
* SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : FlagStatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t itpos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
|
||||
SPIx->STATR = (uint16_t)~itpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
2117
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_tim.c
Normal file
2117
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_tim.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_usart.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the USART firmware functions.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_usart.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART_Private_Defines */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_UE_Set ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* USART Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_UE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) /* USART Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR1_WAKE_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) /* USART WakeUp Method Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR1_RWU_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* USART mute mode Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_RWU_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /* USART mute mode Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_SBK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* USART Break Character send Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xE9F3) /* USART CR1 Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_Address_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFF0) /* USART address Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR2_LINEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* USART LIN Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_LINEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /* USART LIN Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR2_LBDL_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /* USART LIN Break detection Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xCFFF) /* USART CR2 STOP Bits Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF0FF) /* USART CR2 Clock Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR3_SCEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* USART SC Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_SCEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /* USART SC Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR3_NACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* USART SC NACK Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_NACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF) /* USART SC NACK Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR3_HDSEL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* USART Half-Duplex Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_HDSEL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFF7) /* USART Half-Duplex Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR3_IRLP_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFFB) /* USART IrDA LowPower mode Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFCFF) /* USART CR3 Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CTLR3_IREN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* USART IrDA Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_IREN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /* USART IrDA Disable Mask */
|
||||
#define GPR_LSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF) /* Guard Time Register LSB Mask */
|
||||
#define GPR_MSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFF00) /* Guard Time Register MSB Mask */
|
||||
#define IT_Mask ((uint16_t)0x001F) /* USART Interrupt Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART OverSampling-8 Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_OVER8_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* USART OVER8 mode Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR1_OVER8_Reset ((uint16_t)0x7FFF) /* USART OVER8 mode Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART One Bit Sampling Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_ONEBITE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* USART ONEBITE mode Enable Mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR3_ONEBITE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) /* USART ONEBITE mode Disable Mask */
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default
|
||||
* reset values.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the UART peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USARTx == USART1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USARTx == UART5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_Init
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the USART_InitStruct.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the UART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t usartxbase = 0;
|
||||
RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
|
||||
tmpreg = USARTx->CTLR2;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits;
|
||||
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
|
||||
tmpreg = USARTx->CTLR1;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR1_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity |
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = USARTx->CTLR3;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR3_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus);
|
||||
|
||||
if (usartxbase == USART1_BASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((USARTx->CTLR1 & CTLR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4;
|
||||
|
||||
fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((USARTx->CTLR1 & CTLR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_StructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ClockInit
|
||||
* Description : Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the
|
||||
* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct .
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
|
||||
* USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = USARTx->CTLR2;
|
||||
tmpreg &= CTLR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL |
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ClockStructInit
|
||||
* Description : Fills each USART_ClockStructInit member with its default value.
|
||||
* Input : USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
|
||||
* structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable;
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low;
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge;
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_UE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_UE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ITConfig
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
|
||||
usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
|
||||
itpos = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
|
||||
itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (usartreg == 0x01)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usartxbase += 0x0C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (usartreg == 0x02)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usartxbase += 0x10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
usartxbase += 0x14;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_DMACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART DMA interface.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
|
||||
* USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request.
|
||||
* USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= USART_DMAReq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SetAddress
|
||||
* Description : Sets the address of the USART node.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_Address_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 |= USART_Address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_WakeUpConfig
|
||||
* Description : Selects the USART WakeUp method.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method.
|
||||
* USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection.
|
||||
* USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_WAKE_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 |= USART_WakeUp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd
|
||||
* Description : Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_RWU_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_RWU_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig
|
||||
* Description : Sets the USART LIN Break detection length.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
|
||||
* USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection.
|
||||
* USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_LBDL_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_LINCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART LIN mode.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 |= CTLR2_LINEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR2 &= CTLR2_LINEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SendData
|
||||
* Description : Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Data: the data to transmit..
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->DATAR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ReceiveData
|
||||
* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : The received data.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DATAR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SendBreak
|
||||
* Description : Transmits break characters.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_SBK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SetGuardTime
|
||||
* Description : Sets the specified USART guard time.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->GPR &= GPR_LSB_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->GPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SetPrescaler
|
||||
* Description : Sets the system clock prescaler.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->GPR &= GPR_MSB_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->GPR |= USART_Prescaler;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SmartCardCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART Smart Card mode.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= CTLR3_SCEN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_SCEN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_SmartCardNACKCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables NACK transmission.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= CTLR3_NACK_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_NACK_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_HalfDuplexCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART Half Duplex communication.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= CTLR3_HDSEL_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_HDSEL_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_OverSampling8Cmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 |= CTLR1_OVER8_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR1 &= CTLR1_OVER8_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_OneBitMethodCmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= CTLR3_ONEBITE_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_ONEBITE_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_IrDAConfig
|
||||
* Description : Configures the USART's IrDA interface.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode.
|
||||
* USART_IrDAMode_LowPower.
|
||||
* USART_IrDAMode_Normal.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_IRLP_Mask;
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= USART_IrDAMode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_IrDACmd
|
||||
* Description : Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* NewState: ENABLE or DISABLE.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (NewState != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 |= CTLR3_IREN_Set;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
USARTx->CTLR3 &= CTLR3_IREN_Reset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag.
|
||||
* Return : bitstatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((USARTx->STATR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears the USARTx's pending flags.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
|
||||
* USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USARTx->STATR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_GetITStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check.
|
||||
* USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_ORE_RX : OverRun Error interrupt if the RXNEIE bit is set.
|
||||
* USART_IT_ORE_ER : OverRun Error interrupt if the EIE bit is set.
|
||||
* USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : bitstatus: SET or RESET.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00;
|
||||
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
|
||||
itmask = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
|
||||
itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
|
||||
|
||||
if (usartreg == 0x01)
|
||||
{
|
||||
itmask &= USARTx->CTLR1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (usartreg == 0x02)
|
||||
{
|
||||
itmask &= USARTx->CTLR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
itmask &= USARTx->CTLR3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
|
||||
bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos;
|
||||
bitpos &= USARTx->STATR;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : USART_ClearITPendingBit
|
||||
* Description : Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits.
|
||||
* Input : USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
|
||||
* USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
|
||||
* USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
|
||||
* USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
|
||||
itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos);
|
||||
USARTx->STATR = (uint16_t)~itmask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
123
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_wwdg.c
Normal file
123
board/TencentOS_Tiny_CH32V307_EVB/Peripheral/src/ch32v30x_wwdg.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
/********************************** (C) COPYRIGHT *******************************
|
||||
* File Name : ch32v30x_wwdg.c
|
||||
* Author : WCH
|
||||
* Version : V1.0.0
|
||||
* Date : 2021/06/06
|
||||
* Description : This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions.
|
||||
**********************************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_wwdg.h"
|
||||
#include "ch32v30x_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* CTLR register bit mask */
|
||||
#define CTLR_WDGA_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
|
||||
|
||||
/* CFGR register bit mask */
|
||||
#define CFGR_WDGTB_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F)
|
||||
#define CFGR_W_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80)
|
||||
#define BIT_Mask ((uint8_t)0x7F)
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_DeInit
|
||||
* Description : Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE);
|
||||
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_SetPrescaler
|
||||
* Description : Sets the WWDG Prescaler
|
||||
* Input : WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler
|
||||
* WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
|
||||
* WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
|
||||
* WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
|
||||
* WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
tmpreg = WWDG->CFGR & CFGR_WDGTB_Mask;
|
||||
tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler;
|
||||
WWDG->CFGR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_SetWindowValue
|
||||
* Description : Sets the WWDG window value
|
||||
* Input : WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the
|
||||
* downcounter,which must be lower than 0x80
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg = WWDG->CFGR & CFGR_W_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_Mask;
|
||||
|
||||
WWDG->CFGR = tmpreg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_EnableIT
|
||||
* Description : Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI)
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_EnableIT(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WWDG->CFGR |= (1<<9);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_SetCounter
|
||||
* Description : Sets the WWDG counter value
|
||||
* Input : Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value,which must be a
|
||||
* number between 0x40 and 0x7F
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WWDG->CTLR = Counter & BIT_Mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_Enable
|
||||
* Description : Enables WWDG and load the counter value
|
||||
* Input : Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value,which must be a
|
||||
* number between 0x40 and 0x7F
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WWDG->CTLR = CTLR_WDGA_Set | Counter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_GetFlagStatus
|
||||
* Description : Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET)
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (FlagStatus)(WWDG->STATR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Function Name : WWDG_ClearFlag
|
||||
* Description : Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag
|
||||
* Input : None
|
||||
* Return : None
|
||||
*********************************************************************************/
|
||||
void WWDG_ClearFlag(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WWDG->STATR = (uint32_t)RESET;
|
||||
}
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user